| Misha Brukman | daa4cb0 | 2004-03-01 17:47:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1 | <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01//EN" | 
 | 2 |                       "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/strict.dtd"> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3 | <html> | 
 | 4 | <head> | 
 | 5 |   <title>LLVM Assembly Language Reference Manual</title> | 
| Reid Spencer | 3921c74 | 2004-08-26 20:44:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6 |   <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8"> | 
 | 7 |   <meta name="author" content="Chris Lattner"> | 
 | 8 |   <meta name="description"  | 
 | 9 |   content="LLVM Assembly Language Reference Manual."> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 10 |   <link rel="stylesheet" href="llvm.css" type="text/css"> | 
 | 11 | </head> | 
| Chris Lattner | d792391 | 2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 12 |  | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 13 | <body> | 
| Chris Lattner | d792391 | 2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 14 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 15 | <div class="doc_title"> LLVM Language Reference Manual </div> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 16 | <ol> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 17 |   <li><a href="#abstract">Abstract</a></li> | 
 | 18 |   <li><a href="#introduction">Introduction</a></li> | 
 | 19 |   <li><a href="#identifiers">Identifiers</a></li> | 
| Chris Lattner | fa73021 | 2004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 20 |   <li><a href="#highlevel">High Level Structure</a> | 
 | 21 |     <ol> | 
 | 22 |       <li><a href="#modulestructure">Module Structure</a></li> | 
| Chris Lattner | e5d947b | 2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 23 |       <li><a href="#linkage">Linkage Types</a></li> | 
| Chris Lattner | bad10ee | 2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 24 |       <li><a href="#callingconv">Calling Conventions</a></li> | 
| Chris Lattner | fa73021 | 2004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 25 |       <li><a href="#globalvars">Global Variables</a></li> | 
| Chris Lattner | 4e9aba7 | 2006-01-23 23:23:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 26 |       <li><a href="#functionstructure">Functions</a></li> | 
 | 27 |       <li><a href="#moduleasm">Module-Level Inline Assembly</a></li> | 
| Chris Lattner | fa73021 | 2004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 28 |     </ol> | 
 | 29 |   </li> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 30 |   <li><a href="#typesystem">Type System</a> | 
 | 31 |     <ol> | 
| Robert Bocchino | 7b81c75 | 2006-02-17 21:18:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 32 |       <li><a href="#t_primitive">Primitive Types</a>     | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 33 |         <ol> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 34 |           <li><a href="#t_classifications">Type Classifications</a></li> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 35 |         </ol> | 
 | 36 |       </li> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 37 |       <li><a href="#t_derived">Derived Types</a> | 
 | 38 |         <ol> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 39 |           <li><a href="#t_array">Array Type</a></li> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 40 |           <li><a href="#t_function">Function Type</a></li> | 
 | 41 |           <li><a href="#t_pointer">Pointer Type</a></li> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 42 |           <li><a href="#t_struct">Structure Type</a></li> | 
| Chris Lattner | a58561b | 2004-08-12 19:12:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 43 |           <li><a href="#t_packed">Packed Type</a></li> | 
| Chris Lattner | 69c11bb | 2005-04-25 17:34:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 44 |           <li><a href="#t_opaque">Opaque Type</a></li> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 45 |         </ol> | 
 | 46 |       </li> | 
 | 47 |     </ol> | 
 | 48 |   </li> | 
| Chris Lattner | fa73021 | 2004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 49 |   <li><a href="#constants">Constants</a> | 
| Chris Lattner | c3f5976 | 2004-12-09 17:30:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 50 |     <ol> | 
 | 51 |       <li><a href="#simpleconstants">Simple Constants</a> | 
 | 52 |       <li><a href="#aggregateconstants">Aggregate Constants</a> | 
 | 53 |       <li><a href="#globalconstants">Global Variable and Function Addresses</a> | 
 | 54 |       <li><a href="#undefvalues">Undefined Values</a> | 
 | 55 |       <li><a href="#constantexprs">Constant Expressions</a> | 
 | 56 |     </ol> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 57 |   </li> | 
| Chris Lattner | e87d653 | 2006-01-25 23:47:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 58 |   <li><a href="#othervalues">Other Values</a> | 
 | 59 |     <ol> | 
 | 60 |       <li><a href="#inlineasm">Inline Assembler Expressions</a> | 
 | 61 |     </ol> | 
 | 62 |   </li> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 63 |   <li><a href="#instref">Instruction Reference</a> | 
 | 64 |     <ol> | 
 | 65 |       <li><a href="#terminators">Terminator Instructions</a> | 
 | 66 |         <ol> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 67 |           <li><a href="#i_ret">'<tt>ret</tt>' Instruction</a></li> | 
 | 68 |           <li><a href="#i_br">'<tt>br</tt>' Instruction</a></li> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 69 |           <li><a href="#i_switch">'<tt>switch</tt>' Instruction</a></li> | 
 | 70 |           <li><a href="#i_invoke">'<tt>invoke</tt>' Instruction</a></li> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 71 |           <li><a href="#i_unwind">'<tt>unwind</tt>'  Instruction</a></li> | 
| Chris Lattner | 35eca58 | 2004-10-16 18:04:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 72 |           <li><a href="#i_unreachable">'<tt>unreachable</tt>' Instruction</a></li> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 73 |         </ol> | 
 | 74 |       </li> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 75 |       <li><a href="#binaryops">Binary Operations</a> | 
 | 76 |         <ol> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 77 |           <li><a href="#i_add">'<tt>add</tt>' Instruction</a></li> | 
 | 78 |           <li><a href="#i_sub">'<tt>sub</tt>' Instruction</a></li> | 
 | 79 |           <li><a href="#i_mul">'<tt>mul</tt>' Instruction</a></li> | 
| Reid Spencer | 1628cec | 2006-10-26 06:15:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 80 |           <li><a href="#i_udiv">'<tt>udiv</tt>' Instruction</a></li> | 
 | 81 |           <li><a href="#i_sdiv">'<tt>sdiv</tt>' Instruction</a></li> | 
 | 82 |           <li><a href="#i_fdiv">'<tt>fdiv</tt>' Instruction</a></li> | 
| Reid Spencer | 0a783f7 | 2006-11-02 01:53:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 83 |           <li><a href="#i_urem">'<tt>urem</tt>' Instruction</a></li> | 
 | 84 |           <li><a href="#i_srem">'<tt>srem</tt>' Instruction</a></li> | 
 | 85 |           <li><a href="#i_frem">'<tt>frem</tt>' Instruction</a></li> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 86 |           <li><a href="#i_setcc">'<tt>set<i>cc</i></tt>' Instructions</a></li> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 87 |         </ol> | 
 | 88 |       </li> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 89 |       <li><a href="#bitwiseops">Bitwise Binary Operations</a> | 
 | 90 |         <ol> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 91 |           <li><a href="#i_and">'<tt>and</tt>' Instruction</a></li> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 92 |           <li><a href="#i_or">'<tt>or</tt>'  Instruction</a></li> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 93 |           <li><a href="#i_xor">'<tt>xor</tt>' Instruction</a></li> | 
 | 94 |           <li><a href="#i_shl">'<tt>shl</tt>' Instruction</a></li> | 
| Reid Spencer | 3822ff5 | 2006-11-08 06:47:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 95 |           <li><a href="#i_lshr">'<tt>lshr</tt>' Instruction</a></li> | 
 | 96 |           <li><a href="#i_ashr">'<tt>ashr</tt>' Instruction</a></li> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 97 |         </ol> | 
 | 98 |       </li> | 
| Chris Lattner | 3df241e | 2006-04-08 23:07:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 99 |       <li><a href="#vectorops">Vector Operations</a> | 
 | 100 |         <ol> | 
 | 101 |           <li><a href="#i_extractelement">'<tt>extractelement</tt>' Instruction</a></li> | 
 | 102 |           <li><a href="#i_insertelement">'<tt>insertelement</tt>' Instruction</a></li> | 
 | 103 |           <li><a href="#i_shufflevector">'<tt>shufflevector</tt>' Instruction</a></li> | 
| Chris Lattner | 3df241e | 2006-04-08 23:07:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 104 |         </ol> | 
 | 105 |       </li> | 
| Chris Lattner | 884a970 | 2006-08-15 00:45:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 106 |       <li><a href="#memoryops">Memory Access and Addressing Operations</a> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 107 |         <ol> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 108 |           <li><a href="#i_malloc">'<tt>malloc</tt>'   Instruction</a></li> | 
 | 109 |           <li><a href="#i_free">'<tt>free</tt>'     Instruction</a></li> | 
 | 110 |           <li><a href="#i_alloca">'<tt>alloca</tt>'   Instruction</a></li> | 
| Robert Bocchino | 7b81c75 | 2006-02-17 21:18:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 111 |          <li><a href="#i_load">'<tt>load</tt>'     Instruction</a></li> | 
 | 112 |          <li><a href="#i_store">'<tt>store</tt>'    Instruction</a></li> | 
 | 113 |          <li><a href="#i_getelementptr">'<tt>getelementptr</tt>' Instruction</a></li> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 114 |         </ol> | 
 | 115 |       </li> | 
| Reid Spencer | 2fd21e6 | 2006-11-08 01:18:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 116 |       <li><a href="#convertops">Conversion Operations</a> | 
| Reid Spencer | 9dee3ac | 2006-11-08 01:11:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 117 |         <ol> | 
 | 118 |           <li><a href="#i_trunc">'<tt>trunc .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li> | 
 | 119 |           <li><a href="#i_zext">'<tt>zext .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li> | 
 | 120 |           <li><a href="#i_sext">'<tt>sext .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li> | 
 | 121 |           <li><a href="#i_fptrunc">'<tt>fptrunc .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li> | 
 | 122 |           <li><a href="#i_fpext">'<tt>fpext .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li> | 
| Reid Spencer | d444879 | 2006-11-09 23:03:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 123 |           <li><a href="#i_fptoui">'<tt>fptoui .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li> | 
 | 124 |           <li><a href="#i_fptosi">'<tt>fptosi .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li> | 
 | 125 |           <li><a href="#i_uitofp">'<tt>uitofp .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li> | 
 | 126 |           <li><a href="#i_sitofp">'<tt>sitofp .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li> | 
| Reid Spencer | 9dee3ac | 2006-11-08 01:11:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 127 |           <li><a href="#i_bitconvert">'<tt>bitconvert .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li> | 
 | 128 |         </ol> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 129 |       <li><a href="#otherops">Other Operations</a> | 
 | 130 |         <ol> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 131 |           <li><a href="#i_phi">'<tt>phi</tt>'   Instruction</a></li> | 
| Chris Lattner | cc37aae | 2004-03-12 05:50:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 132 |           <li><a href="#i_select">'<tt>select</tt>' Instruction</a></li> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 133 |           <li><a href="#i_call">'<tt>call</tt>'  Instruction</a></li> | 
| Chris Lattner | fb6977d | 2006-01-13 23:26:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 134 |           <li><a href="#i_va_arg">'<tt>va_arg</tt>'  Instruction</a></li> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 135 |         </ol> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 136 |       </li> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 137 |     </ol> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 138 |   </li> | 
| Chris Lattner | d9ad5b3 | 2003-05-08 04:57:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 139 |   <li><a href="#intrinsics">Intrinsic Functions</a> | 
| Chris Lattner | d9ad5b3 | 2003-05-08 04:57:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 140 |     <ol> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 141 |       <li><a href="#int_varargs">Variable Argument Handling Intrinsics</a> | 
 | 142 |         <ol> | 
 | 143 |           <li><a href="#i_va_start">'<tt>llvm.va_start</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li> | 
 | 144 |           <li><a href="#i_va_end">'<tt>llvm.va_end</tt>'   Intrinsic</a></li> | 
 | 145 |           <li><a href="#i_va_copy">'<tt>llvm.va_copy</tt>'  Intrinsic</a></li> | 
 | 146 |         </ol> | 
 | 147 |       </li> | 
| Chris Lattner | d792391 | 2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 148 |       <li><a href="#int_gc">Accurate Garbage Collection Intrinsics</a> | 
 | 149 |         <ol> | 
 | 150 |           <li><a href="#i_gcroot">'<tt>llvm.gcroot</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li> | 
 | 151 |           <li><a href="#i_gcread">'<tt>llvm.gcread</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li> | 
 | 152 |           <li><a href="#i_gcwrite">'<tt>llvm.gcwrite</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li> | 
 | 153 |         </ol> | 
 | 154 |       </li> | 
| Chris Lattner | 1061064 | 2004-02-14 04:08:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 155 |       <li><a href="#int_codegen">Code Generator Intrinsics</a> | 
 | 156 |         <ol> | 
 | 157 |           <li><a href="#i_returnaddress">'<tt>llvm.returnaddress</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li> | 
 | 158 |           <li><a href="#i_frameaddress">'<tt>llvm.frameaddress</tt>'   Intrinsic</a></li> | 
| Chris Lattner | 57e1f39 | 2006-01-13 02:03:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 159 |           <li><a href="#i_stacksave">'<tt>llvm.stacksave</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li> | 
 | 160 |           <li><a href="#i_stackrestore">'<tt>llvm.stackrestore</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li> | 
| Chris Lattner | 9a9d7ac | 2005-02-28 19:24:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 161 |           <li><a href="#i_prefetch">'<tt>llvm.prefetch</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li> | 
| Andrew Lenharth | 7f4ec3b | 2005-03-28 20:05:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 162 |           <li><a href="#i_pcmarker">'<tt>llvm.pcmarker</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li> | 
| Andrew Lenharth | 51b8d54 | 2005-11-11 16:47:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 163 |           <li><a href="#i_readcyclecounter"><tt>llvm.readcyclecounter</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li> | 
| John Criswell | 7123e27 | 2004-04-09 16:43:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 164 |         </ol> | 
 | 165 |       </li> | 
| Chris Lattner | 33aec9e | 2004-02-12 17:01:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 166 |       <li><a href="#int_libc">Standard C Library Intrinsics</a> | 
 | 167 |         <ol> | 
| Chris Lattner | 5b310c3 | 2006-03-03 00:07:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 168 |           <li><a href="#i_memcpy">'<tt>llvm.memcpy.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li> | 
 | 169 |           <li><a href="#i_memmove">'<tt>llvm.memmove.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li> | 
 | 170 |           <li><a href="#i_memset">'<tt>llvm.memset.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li> | 
| Chris Lattner | ec6cb61 | 2006-01-16 22:38:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 171 |           <li><a href="#i_isunordered">'<tt>llvm.isunordered.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li> | 
 | 172 |           <li><a href="#i_sqrt">'<tt>llvm.sqrt.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li> | 
| Chris Lattner | f4d252d | 2006-09-08 06:34:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 173 |           <li><a href="#i_powi">'<tt>llvm.powi.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li> | 
| Chris Lattner | 33aec9e | 2004-02-12 17:01:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 174 |         </ol> | 
 | 175 |       </li> | 
| Nate Begeman | 7e36c47 | 2006-01-13 23:26:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 176 |       <li><a href="#int_manip">Bit Manipulation Intrinsics</a> | 
| Andrew Lenharth | ec370fd | 2005-05-03 18:01:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 177 |         <ol> | 
| Nate Begeman | 7e36c47 | 2006-01-13 23:26:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 178 |           <li><a href="#i_bswap">'<tt>llvm.bswap.*</tt>' Intrinsics</a></li> | 
| Chris Lattner | 8a886be | 2006-01-16 22:34:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 179 |           <li><a href="#int_ctpop">'<tt>llvm.ctpop.*</tt>' Intrinsic </a></li> | 
 | 180 |           <li><a href="#int_ctlz">'<tt>llvm.ctlz.*</tt>' Intrinsic </a></li> | 
 | 181 |           <li><a href="#int_cttz">'<tt>llvm.cttz.*</tt>' Intrinsic </a></li> | 
| Andrew Lenharth | ec370fd | 2005-05-03 18:01:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 182 |         </ol> | 
 | 183 |       </li> | 
| Chris Lattner | d792391 | 2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 184 |       <li><a href="#int_debugger">Debugger intrinsics</a></li> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 185 |     </ol> | 
 | 186 |   </li> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 187 | </ol> | 
| Chris Lattner | d792391 | 2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 188 |  | 
 | 189 | <div class="doc_author"> | 
 | 190 |   <p>Written by <a href="mailto:sabre@nondot.org">Chris Lattner</a> | 
 | 191 |             and <a href="mailto:vadve@cs.uiuc.edu">Vikram Adve</a></p> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 192 | </div> | 
| Chris Lattner | d792391 | 2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 193 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 194 | <!-- *********************************************************************** --> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 195 | <div class="doc_section"> <a name="abstract">Abstract </a></div> | 
 | 196 | <!-- *********************************************************************** --> | 
| Chris Lattner | d792391 | 2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 197 |  | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 198 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 199 | <p>This document is a reference manual for the LLVM assembly language.  | 
 | 200 | LLVM is an SSA based representation that provides type safety, | 
 | 201 | low-level operations, flexibility, and the capability of representing | 
 | 202 | 'all' high-level languages cleanly.  It is the common code | 
 | 203 | representation used throughout all phases of the LLVM compilation | 
 | 204 | strategy.</p> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 205 | </div> | 
| Chris Lattner | d792391 | 2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 206 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 207 | <!-- *********************************************************************** --> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 208 | <div class="doc_section"> <a name="introduction">Introduction</a> </div> | 
 | 209 | <!-- *********************************************************************** --> | 
| Chris Lattner | d792391 | 2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 210 |  | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 211 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
| Chris Lattner | d792391 | 2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 212 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 213 | <p>The LLVM code representation is designed to be used in three | 
 | 214 | different forms: as an in-memory compiler IR, as an on-disk bytecode | 
 | 215 | representation (suitable for fast loading by a Just-In-Time compiler), | 
 | 216 | and as a human readable assembly language representation.  This allows | 
 | 217 | LLVM to provide a powerful intermediate representation for efficient | 
 | 218 | compiler transformations and analysis, while providing a natural means | 
 | 219 | to debug and visualize the transformations.  The three different forms | 
 | 220 | of LLVM are all equivalent.  This document describes the human readable | 
 | 221 | representation and notation.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | d792391 | 2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 222 |  | 
| John Criswell | c1f786c | 2005-05-13 22:25:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 223 | <p>The LLVM representation aims to be light-weight and low-level | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 224 | while being expressive, typed, and extensible at the same time.  It | 
 | 225 | aims to be a "universal IR" of sorts, by being at a low enough level | 
 | 226 | that high-level ideas may be cleanly mapped to it (similar to how | 
 | 227 | microprocessors are "universal IR's", allowing many source languages to | 
 | 228 | be mapped to them).  By providing type information, LLVM can be used as | 
 | 229 | the target of optimizations: for example, through pointer analysis, it | 
 | 230 | can be proven that a C automatic variable is never accessed outside of | 
 | 231 | the current function... allowing it to be promoted to a simple SSA | 
 | 232 | value instead of a memory location.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | d792391 | 2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 233 |  | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 234 | </div> | 
| Chris Lattner | d792391 | 2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 235 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 236 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 237 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="wellformed">Well-Formedness</a> </div> | 
| Chris Lattner | d792391 | 2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 238 |  | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 239 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
| Chris Lattner | d792391 | 2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 240 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 241 | <p>It is important to note that this document describes 'well formed' | 
 | 242 | LLVM assembly language.  There is a difference between what the parser | 
 | 243 | accepts and what is considered 'well formed'.  For example, the | 
 | 244 | following instruction is syntactically okay, but not well formed:</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | d792391 | 2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 245 |  | 
 | 246 | <pre> | 
 | 247 |   %x = <a href="#i_add">add</a> int 1, %x | 
 | 248 | </pre> | 
 | 249 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 250 | <p>...because the definition of <tt>%x</tt> does not dominate all of | 
 | 251 | its uses. The LLVM infrastructure provides a verification pass that may | 
 | 252 | be used to verify that an LLVM module is well formed.  This pass is | 
| John Criswell | c1f786c | 2005-05-13 22:25:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 253 | automatically run by the parser after parsing input assembly and by | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 254 | the optimizer before it outputs bytecode.  The violations pointed out | 
 | 255 | by the verifier pass indicate bugs in transformation passes or input to | 
 | 256 | the parser.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | d792391 | 2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 257 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 258 | <!-- Describe the typesetting conventions here. --> </div> | 
| Chris Lattner | d792391 | 2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 259 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 260 | <!-- *********************************************************************** --> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 261 | <div class="doc_section"> <a name="identifiers">Identifiers</a> </div> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 262 | <!-- *********************************************************************** --> | 
| Chris Lattner | d792391 | 2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 263 |  | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 264 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
| Chris Lattner | d792391 | 2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 265 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 266 | <p>LLVM uses three different forms of identifiers, for different | 
 | 267 | purposes:</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | d792391 | 2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 268 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 269 | <ol> | 
| Chris Lattner | e5d947b | 2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 270 |   <li>Named values are represented as a string of characters with a '%' prefix. | 
 | 271 |   For example, %foo, %DivisionByZero, %a.really.long.identifier.  The actual | 
 | 272 |   regular expression used is '<tt>%[a-zA-Z$._][a-zA-Z$._0-9]*</tt>'. | 
 | 273 |   Identifiers which require other characters in their names can be surrounded | 
 | 274 |   with quotes.  In this way, anything except a <tt>"</tt> character can be used | 
 | 275 |   in a name.</li> | 
 | 276 |  | 
 | 277 |   <li>Unnamed values are represented as an unsigned numeric value with a '%' | 
 | 278 |   prefix.  For example, %12, %2, %44.</li> | 
 | 279 |  | 
| Reid Spencer | cc16dc3 | 2004-12-09 18:02:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 280 |   <li>Constants, which are described in a <a href="#constants">section about | 
 | 281 |   constants</a>, below.</li> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 282 | </ol> | 
| Chris Lattner | e5d947b | 2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 283 |  | 
 | 284 | <p>LLVM requires that values start with a '%' sign for two reasons: Compilers | 
 | 285 | don't need to worry about name clashes with reserved words, and the set of | 
 | 286 | reserved words may be expanded in the future without penalty.  Additionally, | 
 | 287 | unnamed identifiers allow a compiler to quickly come up with a temporary | 
 | 288 | variable without having to avoid symbol table conflicts.</p> | 
 | 289 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 290 | <p>Reserved words in LLVM are very similar to reserved words in other | 
 | 291 | languages. There are keywords for different opcodes ('<tt><a | 
| Chris Lattner | e5d947b | 2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 292 | href="#i_add">add</a></tt>', '<tt><a href="#i_cast">cast</a></tt>', '<tt><a | 
 | 293 | href="#i_ret">ret</a></tt>', etc...), for primitive type names ('<tt><a | 
 | 294 | href="#t_void">void</a></tt>', '<tt><a href="#t_uint">uint</a></tt>', etc...), | 
 | 295 | and others.  These reserved words cannot conflict with variable names, because | 
 | 296 | none of them start with a '%' character.</p> | 
 | 297 |  | 
 | 298 | <p>Here is an example of LLVM code to multiply the integer variable | 
 | 299 | '<tt>%X</tt>' by 8:</p> | 
 | 300 |  | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 301 | <p>The easy way:</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | e5d947b | 2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 302 |  | 
 | 303 | <pre> | 
 | 304 |   %result = <a href="#i_mul">mul</a> uint %X, 8 | 
 | 305 | </pre> | 
 | 306 |  | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 307 | <p>After strength reduction:</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | e5d947b | 2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 308 |  | 
 | 309 | <pre> | 
 | 310 |   %result = <a href="#i_shl">shl</a> uint %X, ubyte 3 | 
 | 311 | </pre> | 
 | 312 |  | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 313 | <p>And the hard way:</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | e5d947b | 2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 314 |  | 
 | 315 | <pre> | 
 | 316 |   <a href="#i_add">add</a> uint %X, %X           <i>; yields {uint}:%0</i> | 
 | 317 |   <a href="#i_add">add</a> uint %0, %0           <i>; yields {uint}:%1</i> | 
 | 318 |   %result = <a href="#i_add">add</a> uint %1, %1 | 
 | 319 | </pre> | 
 | 320 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 321 | <p>This last way of multiplying <tt>%X</tt> by 8 illustrates several | 
 | 322 | important lexical features of LLVM:</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | e5d947b | 2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 323 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 324 | <ol> | 
| Chris Lattner | e5d947b | 2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 325 |  | 
 | 326 |   <li>Comments are delimited with a '<tt>;</tt>' and go until the end of | 
 | 327 |   line.</li> | 
 | 328 |  | 
 | 329 |   <li>Unnamed temporaries are created when the result of a computation is not | 
 | 330 |   assigned to a named value.</li> | 
 | 331 |  | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 332 |   <li>Unnamed temporaries are numbered sequentially</li> | 
| Chris Lattner | e5d947b | 2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 333 |  | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 334 | </ol> | 
| Chris Lattner | e5d947b | 2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 335 |  | 
| John Criswell | e4c57cc | 2005-05-12 16:52:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 336 | <p>...and it also shows a convention that we follow in this document.  When | 
| Chris Lattner | e5d947b | 2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 337 | demonstrating instructions, we will follow an instruction with a comment that | 
 | 338 | defines the type and name of value produced.  Comments are shown in italic | 
 | 339 | text.</p> | 
 | 340 |  | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 341 | </div> | 
| Chris Lattner | fa73021 | 2004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 342 |  | 
 | 343 | <!-- *********************************************************************** --> | 
 | 344 | <div class="doc_section"> <a name="highlevel">High Level Structure</a> </div> | 
 | 345 | <!-- *********************************************************************** --> | 
 | 346 |  | 
 | 347 | <!-- ======================================================================= --> | 
 | 348 | <div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="modulestructure">Module Structure</a> | 
 | 349 | </div> | 
 | 350 |  | 
 | 351 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
 | 352 |  | 
 | 353 | <p>LLVM programs are composed of "Module"s, each of which is a | 
 | 354 | translation unit of the input programs.  Each module consists of | 
 | 355 | functions, global variables, and symbol table entries.  Modules may be | 
 | 356 | combined together with the LLVM linker, which merges function (and | 
 | 357 | global variable) definitions, resolves forward declarations, and merges | 
 | 358 | symbol table entries. Here is an example of the "hello world" module:</p> | 
 | 359 |  | 
 | 360 | <pre><i>; Declare the string constant as a global constant...</i> | 
 | 361 | <a href="#identifiers">%.LC0</a> = <a href="#linkage_internal">internal</a> <a | 
 | 362 |  href="#globalvars">constant</a> <a href="#t_array">[13 x sbyte]</a> c"hello world\0A\00"          <i>; [13 x sbyte]*</i> | 
 | 363 |  | 
 | 364 | <i>; External declaration of the puts function</i> | 
 | 365 | <a href="#functionstructure">declare</a> int %puts(sbyte*)                                            <i>; int(sbyte*)* </i> | 
 | 366 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 81c01f0 | 2006-06-13 03:05:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 367 | <i>; Global variable / Function body section separator</i> | 
 | 368 | implementation | 
 | 369 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | fa73021 | 2004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 370 | <i>; Definition of main function</i> | 
 | 371 | int %main() {                                                        <i>; int()* </i> | 
 | 372 |         <i>; Convert [13x sbyte]* to sbyte *...</i> | 
 | 373 |         %cast210 = <a | 
 | 374 |  href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr</a> [13 x sbyte]* %.LC0, long 0, long 0 <i>; sbyte*</i> | 
 | 375 |  | 
 | 376 |         <i>; Call puts function to write out the string to stdout...</i> | 
 | 377 |         <a | 
 | 378 |  href="#i_call">call</a> int %puts(sbyte* %cast210)                              <i>; int</i> | 
 | 379 |         <a | 
 | 380 |  href="#i_ret">ret</a> int 0<br>}<br></pre> | 
 | 381 |  | 
 | 382 | <p>This example is made up of a <a href="#globalvars">global variable</a> | 
 | 383 | named "<tt>.LC0</tt>", an external declaration of the "<tt>puts</tt>" | 
 | 384 | function, and a <a href="#functionstructure">function definition</a> | 
 | 385 | for "<tt>main</tt>".</p> | 
 | 386 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | e5d947b | 2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 387 | <p>In general, a module is made up of a list of global values, | 
 | 388 | where both functions and global variables are global values.  Global values are | 
 | 389 | represented by a pointer to a memory location (in this case, a pointer to an | 
 | 390 | array of char, and a pointer to a function), and have one of the following <a | 
 | 391 | href="#linkage">linkage types</a>.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | fa73021 | 2004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 392 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 81c01f0 | 2006-06-13 03:05:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 393 | <p>Due to a limitation in the current LLVM assembly parser (it is limited by | 
 | 394 | one-token lookahead), modules are split into two pieces by the "implementation" | 
 | 395 | keyword.  Global variable prototypes and definitions must occur before the | 
 | 396 | keyword, and function definitions must occur after it.  Function prototypes may | 
 | 397 | occur either before or after it.  In the future, the implementation keyword may | 
 | 398 | become a noop, if the parser gets smarter.</p> | 
 | 399 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | e5d947b | 2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 400 | </div> | 
 | 401 |  | 
 | 402 | <!-- ======================================================================= --> | 
 | 403 | <div class="doc_subsection"> | 
 | 404 |   <a name="linkage">Linkage Types</a> | 
 | 405 | </div> | 
 | 406 |  | 
 | 407 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
 | 408 |  | 
 | 409 | <p> | 
 | 410 | All Global Variables and Functions have one of the following types of linkage: | 
 | 411 | </p> | 
| Chris Lattner | fa73021 | 2004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 412 |  | 
 | 413 | <dl> | 
| Chris Lattner | e5d947b | 2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 414 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | fa73021 | 2004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 415 |   <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_internal">internal</a></b></tt> </dt> | 
| Chris Lattner | e5d947b | 2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 416 |  | 
 | 417 |   <dd>Global values with internal linkage are only directly accessible by | 
 | 418 |   objects in the current module.  In particular, linking code into a module with | 
 | 419 |   an internal global value may cause the internal to be renamed as necessary to | 
 | 420 |   avoid collisions.  Because the symbol is internal to the module, all | 
 | 421 |   references can be updated.  This corresponds to the notion of the | 
 | 422 |   '<tt>static</tt>' keyword in C, or the idea of "anonymous namespaces" in C++. | 
| Chris Lattner | fa73021 | 2004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 423 |   </dd> | 
| Chris Lattner | e5d947b | 2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 424 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | fa73021 | 2004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 425 |   <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_linkonce">linkonce</a></b></tt>: </dt> | 
| Chris Lattner | e5d947b | 2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 426 |  | 
 | 427 |   <dd>"<tt>linkonce</tt>" linkage is similar to <tt>internal</tt> linkage, with | 
 | 428 |   the twist that linking together two modules defining the same | 
 | 429 |   <tt>linkonce</tt> globals will cause one of the globals to be discarded.  This | 
 | 430 |   is typically used to implement inline functions.  Unreferenced | 
 | 431 |   <tt>linkonce</tt> globals are allowed to be discarded. | 
| Chris Lattner | fa73021 | 2004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 432 |   </dd> | 
| Chris Lattner | e5d947b | 2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 433 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | fa73021 | 2004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 434 |   <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_weak">weak</a></b></tt>: </dt> | 
| Chris Lattner | e5d947b | 2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 435 |  | 
 | 436 |   <dd>"<tt>weak</tt>" linkage is exactly the same as <tt>linkonce</tt> linkage, | 
 | 437 |   except that unreferenced <tt>weak</tt> globals may not be discarded.  This is | 
 | 438 |   used to implement constructs in C such as "<tt>int X;</tt>" at global scope. | 
| Chris Lattner | fa73021 | 2004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 439 |   </dd> | 
| Chris Lattner | e5d947b | 2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 440 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | fa73021 | 2004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 441 |   <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_appending">appending</a></b></tt>: </dt> | 
| Chris Lattner | e5d947b | 2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 442 |  | 
 | 443 |   <dd>"<tt>appending</tt>" linkage may only be applied to global variables of | 
 | 444 |   pointer to array type.  When two global variables with appending linkage are | 
 | 445 |   linked together, the two global arrays are appended together.  This is the | 
 | 446 |   LLVM, typesafe, equivalent of having the system linker append together | 
 | 447 |   "sections" with identical names when .o files are linked. | 
| Chris Lattner | fa73021 | 2004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 448 |   </dd> | 
| Chris Lattner | e5d947b | 2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 449 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | fa73021 | 2004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 450 |   <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_external">externally visible</a></b></tt>:</dt> | 
| Chris Lattner | e5d947b | 2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 451 |  | 
 | 452 |   <dd>If none of the above identifiers are used, the global is externally | 
 | 453 |   visible, meaning that it participates in linkage and can be used to resolve | 
 | 454 |   external symbol references. | 
| Chris Lattner | fa73021 | 2004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 455 |   </dd> | 
| Anton Korobeynikov | b74ed07 | 2006-09-14 18:23:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 456 |  | 
 | 457 |   <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_externweak">extern_weak</a></b></tt>: </dt> | 
 | 458 |  | 
 | 459 |   <dd>"<tt>extern_weak</tt>" TBD | 
 | 460 |   </dd> | 
 | 461 |  | 
 | 462 |   <p> | 
 | 463 |   The next two types of linkage are targeted for Microsoft Windows platform | 
 | 464 |   only. They are designed to support importing (exporting) symbols from (to) | 
 | 465 |   DLLs. | 
 | 466 |   </p> | 
 | 467 |  | 
 | 468 |   <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_dllimport">dllimport</a></b></tt>: </dt> | 
 | 469 |  | 
 | 470 |   <dd>"<tt>dllimport</tt>" linkage causes the compiler to reference a function | 
 | 471 |     or variable via a global pointer to a pointer that is set up by the DLL | 
 | 472 |     exporting the symbol. On Microsoft Windows targets, the pointer name is | 
 | 473 |     formed by combining <code>_imp__</code> and the function or variable name. | 
 | 474 |   </dd> | 
 | 475 |  | 
 | 476 |   <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_dllexport">dllexport</a></b></tt>: </dt> | 
 | 477 |  | 
 | 478 |   <dd>"<tt>dllexport</tt>" linkage causes the compiler to provide a global | 
 | 479 |     pointer to a pointer in a DLL, so that it can be referenced with the | 
 | 480 |     <tt>dllimport</tt> attribute. On Microsoft Windows targets, the pointer | 
 | 481 |     name is formed by combining <code>_imp__</code> and the function or variable | 
 | 482 |     name. | 
 | 483 |   </dd> | 
 | 484 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | fa73021 | 2004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 485 | </dl> | 
 | 486 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | fa73021 | 2004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 487 | <p><a name="linkage_external">For example, since the "<tt>.LC0</tt>" | 
 | 488 | variable is defined to be internal, if another module defined a "<tt>.LC0</tt>" | 
 | 489 | variable and was linked with this one, one of the two would be renamed, | 
 | 490 | preventing a collision.  Since "<tt>main</tt>" and "<tt>puts</tt>" are | 
 | 491 | external (i.e., lacking any linkage declarations), they are accessible | 
 | 492 | outside of the current module.  It is illegal for a function <i>declaration</i> | 
 | 493 | to have any linkage type other than "externally visible".</a></p> | 
| Chris Lattner | e5d947b | 2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 494 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | fa73021 | 2004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 495 | </div> | 
 | 496 |  | 
 | 497 | <!-- ======================================================================= --> | 
 | 498 | <div class="doc_subsection"> | 
| Chris Lattner | bad10ee | 2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 499 |   <a name="callingconv">Calling Conventions</a> | 
 | 500 | </div> | 
 | 501 |  | 
 | 502 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
 | 503 |  | 
 | 504 | <p>LLVM <a href="#functionstructure">functions</a>, <a href="#i_call">calls</a> | 
 | 505 | and <a href="#i_invoke">invokes</a> can all have an optional calling convention | 
 | 506 | specified for the call.  The calling convention of any pair of dynamic | 
 | 507 | caller/callee must match, or the behavior of the program is undefined.  The | 
 | 508 | following calling conventions are supported by LLVM, and more may be added in | 
 | 509 | the future:</p> | 
 | 510 |  | 
 | 511 | <dl> | 
 | 512 |   <dt><b>"<tt>ccc</tt>" - The C calling convention</b>:</dt> | 
 | 513 |  | 
 | 514 |   <dd>This calling convention (the default if no other calling convention is | 
 | 515 |   specified) matches the target C calling conventions.  This calling convention | 
| John Criswell | e4c57cc | 2005-05-12 16:52:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 516 |   supports varargs function calls and tolerates some mismatch in the declared | 
| Chris Lattner | bad10ee | 2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 517 |   prototype and implemented declaration of the function (as does normal C). | 
 | 518 |   </dd> | 
 | 519 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 5710ce9 | 2006-05-19 21:15:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 520 |   <dt><b>"<tt>csretcc</tt>" - The C struct return calling convention</b>:</dt> | 
 | 521 |  | 
 | 522 |   <dd>This calling convention matches the target C calling conventions, except | 
 | 523 |   that functions with this convention are required to take a pointer as their | 
 | 524 |   first argument, and the return type of the function must be void.  This is | 
 | 525 |   used for C functions that return aggregates by-value.  In this case, the | 
 | 526 |   function has been transformed to take a pointer to the struct as the first | 
 | 527 |   argument to the function.  For targets where the ABI specifies specific | 
 | 528 |   behavior for structure-return calls, the calling convention can be used to | 
 | 529 |   distinguish between struct return functions and other functions that take a | 
 | 530 |   pointer to a struct as the first argument. | 
 | 531 |   </dd> | 
 | 532 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | bad10ee | 2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 533 |   <dt><b>"<tt>fastcc</tt>" - The fast calling convention</b>:</dt> | 
 | 534 |  | 
 | 535 |   <dd>This calling convention attempts to make calls as fast as possible | 
 | 536 |   (e.g. by passing things in registers).  This calling convention allows the | 
 | 537 |   target to use whatever tricks it wants to produce fast code for the target, | 
| Chris Lattner | 8cdc5bc | 2005-05-06 23:08:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 538 |   without having to conform to an externally specified ABI.  Implementations of | 
 | 539 |   this convention should allow arbitrary tail call optimization to be supported. | 
 | 540 |   This calling convention does not support varargs and requires the prototype of | 
 | 541 |   all callees to exactly match the prototype of the function definition. | 
| Chris Lattner | bad10ee | 2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 542 |   </dd> | 
 | 543 |  | 
 | 544 |   <dt><b>"<tt>coldcc</tt>" - The cold calling convention</b>:</dt> | 
 | 545 |  | 
 | 546 |   <dd>This calling convention attempts to make code in the caller as efficient | 
 | 547 |   as possible under the assumption that the call is not commonly executed.  As | 
 | 548 |   such, these calls often preserve all registers so that the call does not break | 
 | 549 |   any live ranges in the caller side.  This calling convention does not support | 
 | 550 |   varargs and requires the prototype of all callees to exactly match the | 
 | 551 |   prototype of the function definition. | 
 | 552 |   </dd> | 
 | 553 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | cfe6b37 | 2005-05-07 01:46:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 554 |   <dt><b>"<tt>cc <<em>n</em>></tt>" - Numbered convention</b>:</dt> | 
| Chris Lattner | bad10ee | 2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 555 |  | 
 | 556 |   <dd>Any calling convention may be specified by number, allowing | 
 | 557 |   target-specific calling conventions to be used.  Target specific calling | 
 | 558 |   conventions start at 64. | 
 | 559 |   </dd> | 
| Chris Lattner | cfe6b37 | 2005-05-07 01:46:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 560 | </dl> | 
| Chris Lattner | bad10ee | 2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 561 |  | 
 | 562 | <p>More calling conventions can be added/defined on an as-needed basis, to | 
 | 563 | support pascal conventions or any other well-known target-independent | 
 | 564 | convention.</p> | 
 | 565 |  | 
 | 566 | </div> | 
 | 567 |  | 
 | 568 | <!-- ======================================================================= --> | 
 | 569 | <div class="doc_subsection"> | 
| Chris Lattner | fa73021 | 2004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 570 |   <a name="globalvars">Global Variables</a> | 
 | 571 | </div> | 
 | 572 |  | 
 | 573 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
 | 574 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 3689a34 | 2005-02-12 19:30:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 575 | <p>Global variables define regions of memory allocated at compilation time | 
| Chris Lattner | 88f6c46 | 2005-11-12 00:45:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 576 | instead of run-time.  Global variables may optionally be initialized, may have | 
 | 577 | an explicit section to be placed in, and may | 
| Chris Lattner | 2cbdc45 | 2005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 578 | have an optional explicit alignment specified.  A | 
| John Criswell | 0ec250c | 2005-10-24 16:17:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 579 | variable may be defined as a global "constant," which indicates that the | 
| Chris Lattner | 3689a34 | 2005-02-12 19:30:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 580 | contents of the variable will <b>never</b> be modified (enabling better | 
 | 581 | optimization, allowing the global data to be placed in the read-only section of | 
 | 582 | an executable, etc).  Note that variables that need runtime initialization | 
| John Criswell | 0ec250c | 2005-10-24 16:17:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 583 | cannot be marked "constant" as there is a store to the variable.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 3689a34 | 2005-02-12 19:30:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 584 |  | 
 | 585 | <p> | 
 | 586 | LLVM explicitly allows <em>declarations</em> of global variables to be marked | 
 | 587 | constant, even if the final definition of the global is not.  This capability | 
 | 588 | can be used to enable slightly better optimization of the program, but requires | 
 | 589 | the language definition to guarantee that optimizations based on the | 
 | 590 | 'constantness' are valid for the translation units that do not include the | 
 | 591 | definition. | 
 | 592 | </p> | 
| Chris Lattner | fa73021 | 2004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 593 |  | 
 | 594 | <p>As SSA values, global variables define pointer values that are in | 
 | 595 | scope (i.e. they dominate) all basic blocks in the program.  Global | 
 | 596 | variables always define a pointer to their "content" type because they | 
 | 597 | describe a region of memory, and all memory objects in LLVM are | 
 | 598 | accessed through pointers.</p> | 
 | 599 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 88f6c46 | 2005-11-12 00:45:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 600 | <p>LLVM allows an explicit section to be specified for globals.  If the target | 
 | 601 | supports it, it will emit globals to the section specified.</p> | 
 | 602 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 2cbdc45 | 2005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 603 | <p>An explicit alignment may be specified for a global.  If not present, or if | 
 | 604 | the alignment is set to zero, the alignment of the global is set by the target | 
 | 605 | to whatever it feels convenient.  If an explicit alignment is specified, the  | 
 | 606 | global is forced to have at least that much alignment.  All alignments must be | 
 | 607 | a power of 2.</p> | 
 | 608 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | fa73021 | 2004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 609 | </div> | 
 | 610 |  | 
 | 611 |  | 
 | 612 | <!-- ======================================================================= --> | 
 | 613 | <div class="doc_subsection"> | 
 | 614 |   <a name="functionstructure">Functions</a> | 
 | 615 | </div> | 
 | 616 |  | 
 | 617 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
 | 618 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | bad10ee | 2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 619 | <p>LLVM function definitions consist of an optional <a href="#linkage">linkage | 
 | 620 | type</a>, an optional <a href="#callingconv">calling convention</a>, a return | 
| Chris Lattner | 88f6c46 | 2005-11-12 00:45:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 621 | type, a function name, a (possibly empty) argument list, an optional section, | 
 | 622 | an optional alignment, an opening curly brace, | 
| Chris Lattner | bad10ee | 2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 623 | a list of basic blocks, and a closing curly brace.  LLVM function declarations | 
 | 624 | are defined with the "<tt>declare</tt>" keyword, an optional <a | 
| Chris Lattner | 2cbdc45 | 2005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 625 | href="#callingconv">calling convention</a>, a return type, a function name, | 
 | 626 | a possibly empty list of arguments, and an optional alignment.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | fa73021 | 2004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 627 |  | 
 | 628 | <p>A function definition contains a list of basic blocks, forming the CFG for | 
 | 629 | the function.  Each basic block may optionally start with a label (giving the | 
 | 630 | basic block a symbol table entry), contains a list of instructions, and ends | 
 | 631 | with a <a href="#terminators">terminator</a> instruction (such as a branch or | 
 | 632 | function return).</p> | 
 | 633 |  | 
| John Criswell | e4c57cc | 2005-05-12 16:52:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 634 | <p>The first basic block in a program is special in two ways: it is immediately | 
| Chris Lattner | fa73021 | 2004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 635 | executed on entrance to the function, and it is not allowed to have predecessor | 
 | 636 | basic blocks (i.e. there can not be any branches to the entry block of a | 
 | 637 | function).  Because the block can have no predecessors, it also cannot have any | 
 | 638 | <a href="#i_phi">PHI nodes</a>.</p> | 
 | 639 |  | 
 | 640 | <p>LLVM functions are identified by their name and type signature.  Hence, two | 
 | 641 | functions with the same name but different parameter lists or return values are | 
| Chris Lattner | d4f6b17 | 2005-03-07 22:13:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 642 | considered different functions, and LLVM will resolve references to each | 
| Chris Lattner | fa73021 | 2004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 643 | appropriately.</p> | 
 | 644 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 88f6c46 | 2005-11-12 00:45:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 645 | <p>LLVM allows an explicit section to be specified for functions.  If the target | 
 | 646 | supports it, it will emit functions to the section specified.</p> | 
 | 647 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 2cbdc45 | 2005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 648 | <p>An explicit alignment may be specified for a function.  If not present, or if | 
 | 649 | the alignment is set to zero, the alignment of the function is set by the target | 
 | 650 | to whatever it feels convenient.  If an explicit alignment is specified, the | 
 | 651 | function is forced to have at least that much alignment.  All alignments must be | 
 | 652 | a power of 2.</p> | 
 | 653 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | fa73021 | 2004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 654 | </div> | 
 | 655 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 4e9aba7 | 2006-01-23 23:23:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 656 | <!-- ======================================================================= --> | 
 | 657 | <div class="doc_subsection"> | 
| Chris Lattner | 1eeeb0c | 2006-04-08 04:40:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 658 |   <a name="moduleasm">Module-Level Inline Assembly</a> | 
| Chris Lattner | 4e9aba7 | 2006-01-23 23:23:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 659 | </div> | 
 | 660 |  | 
 | 661 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
 | 662 | <p> | 
 | 663 | Modules may contain "module-level inline asm" blocks, which corresponds to the | 
 | 664 | GCC "file scope inline asm" blocks.  These blocks are internally concatenated by | 
 | 665 | LLVM and treated as a single unit, but may be separated in the .ll file if | 
 | 666 | desired.  The syntax is very simple: | 
 | 667 | </p> | 
 | 668 |  | 
 | 669 | <div class="doc_code"><pre> | 
| Chris Lattner | 52599e1 | 2006-01-24 00:37:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 670 |   module asm "inline asm code goes here" | 
 | 671 |   module asm "more can go here" | 
| Chris Lattner | 4e9aba7 | 2006-01-23 23:23:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 672 | </pre></div> | 
 | 673 |  | 
 | 674 | <p>The strings can contain any character by escaping non-printable characters. | 
 | 675 |    The escape sequence used is simply "\xx" where "xx" is the two digit hex code | 
 | 676 |    for the number. | 
 | 677 | </p> | 
 | 678 |  | 
 | 679 | <p> | 
 | 680 |   The inline asm code is simply printed to the machine code .s file when | 
 | 681 |   assembly code is generated. | 
 | 682 | </p> | 
 | 683 | </div> | 
| Chris Lattner | fa73021 | 2004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 684 |  | 
 | 685 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 686 | <!-- *********************************************************************** --> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 687 | <div class="doc_section"> <a name="typesystem">Type System</a> </div> | 
 | 688 | <!-- *********************************************************************** --> | 
| Chris Lattner | fa73021 | 2004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 689 |  | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 690 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
| Chris Lattner | fa73021 | 2004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 691 |  | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 692 | <p>The LLVM type system is one of the most important features of the | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 693 | intermediate representation.  Being typed enables a number of | 
 | 694 | optimizations to be performed on the IR directly, without having to do | 
 | 695 | extra analyses on the side before the transformation.  A strong type | 
 | 696 | system makes it easier to read the generated code and enables novel | 
 | 697 | analyses and transformations that are not feasible to perform on normal | 
 | 698 | three address code representations.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | fa73021 | 2004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 699 |  | 
 | 700 | </div> | 
 | 701 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 702 | <!-- ======================================================================= --> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 703 | <div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="t_primitive">Primitive Types</a> </div> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 704 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
| John Criswell | 4457dc9 | 2004-04-09 16:48:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 705 | <p>The primitive types are the fundamental building blocks of the LLVM | 
| Chris Lattner | d4f6b17 | 2005-03-07 22:13:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 706 | system. The current set of primitive types is as follows:</p> | 
| Misha Brukman | daa4cb0 | 2004-03-01 17:47:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 707 |  | 
| Reid Spencer | d3f876c | 2004-11-01 08:19:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 708 | <table class="layout"> | 
 | 709 |   <tr class="layout"> | 
 | 710 |     <td class="left"> | 
 | 711 |       <table> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 712 |         <tbody> | 
| Reid Spencer | d3f876c | 2004-11-01 08:19:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 713 |         <tr><th>Type</th><th>Description</th></tr> | 
 | 714 |         <tr><td><tt>void</tt></td><td>No value</td></tr> | 
| Misha Brukman | cfa87bc | 2005-04-22 18:02:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 715 |         <tr><td><tt>ubyte</tt></td><td>Unsigned 8-bit value</td></tr> | 
 | 716 |         <tr><td><tt>ushort</tt></td><td>Unsigned 16-bit value</td></tr> | 
 | 717 |         <tr><td><tt>uint</tt></td><td>Unsigned 32-bit value</td></tr> | 
 | 718 |         <tr><td><tt>ulong</tt></td><td>Unsigned 64-bit value</td></tr> | 
 | 719 |         <tr><td><tt>float</tt></td><td>32-bit floating point value</td></tr> | 
| Reid Spencer | d3f876c | 2004-11-01 08:19:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 720 |         <tr><td><tt>label</tt></td><td>Branch destination</td></tr> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 721 |         </tbody> | 
 | 722 |       </table> | 
| Reid Spencer | d3f876c | 2004-11-01 08:19:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 723 |     </td> | 
 | 724 |     <td class="right"> | 
 | 725 |       <table> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 726 |         <tbody> | 
| Reid Spencer | d3f876c | 2004-11-01 08:19:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 727 |           <tr><th>Type</th><th>Description</th></tr> | 
 | 728 |           <tr><td><tt>bool</tt></td><td>True or False value</td></tr> | 
| Misha Brukman | cfa87bc | 2005-04-22 18:02:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 729 |           <tr><td><tt>sbyte</tt></td><td>Signed 8-bit value</td></tr> | 
 | 730 |           <tr><td><tt>short</tt></td><td>Signed 16-bit value</td></tr> | 
 | 731 |           <tr><td><tt>int</tt></td><td>Signed 32-bit value</td></tr> | 
 | 732 |           <tr><td><tt>long</tt></td><td>Signed 64-bit value</td></tr> | 
 | 733 |           <tr><td><tt>double</tt></td><td>64-bit floating point value</td></tr> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 734 |         </tbody> | 
 | 735 |       </table> | 
| Reid Spencer | d3f876c | 2004-11-01 08:19:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 736 |     </td> | 
 | 737 |   </tr> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 738 | </table> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 739 | </div> | 
| Reid Spencer | d3f876c | 2004-11-01 08:19:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 740 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 741 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 742 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_classifications">Type | 
 | 743 | Classifications</a> </div> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 744 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 745 | <p>These different primitive types fall into a few useful | 
 | 746 | classifications:</p> | 
| Misha Brukman | daa4cb0 | 2004-03-01 17:47:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 747 |  | 
 | 748 | <table border="1" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4"> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 749 |   <tbody> | 
| Reid Spencer | d3f876c | 2004-11-01 08:19:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 750 |     <tr><th>Classification</th><th>Types</th></tr> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 751 |     <tr> | 
 | 752 |       <td><a name="t_signed">signed</a></td> | 
 | 753 |       <td><tt>sbyte, short, int, long, float, double</tt></td> | 
 | 754 |     </tr> | 
 | 755 |     <tr> | 
 | 756 |       <td><a name="t_unsigned">unsigned</a></td> | 
 | 757 |       <td><tt>ubyte, ushort, uint, ulong</tt></td> | 
 | 758 |     </tr> | 
 | 759 |     <tr> | 
 | 760 |       <td><a name="t_integer">integer</a></td> | 
 | 761 |       <td><tt>ubyte, sbyte, ushort, short, uint, int, ulong, long</tt></td> | 
 | 762 |     </tr> | 
 | 763 |     <tr> | 
 | 764 |       <td><a name="t_integral">integral</a></td> | 
| Misha Brukman | c24b758 | 2004-08-12 20:16:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 765 |       <td><tt>bool, ubyte, sbyte, ushort, short, uint, int, ulong, long</tt> | 
 | 766 |       </td> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 767 |     </tr> | 
 | 768 |     <tr> | 
 | 769 |       <td><a name="t_floating">floating point</a></td> | 
 | 770 |       <td><tt>float, double</tt></td> | 
 | 771 |     </tr> | 
 | 772 |     <tr> | 
 | 773 |       <td><a name="t_firstclass">first class</a></td> | 
| Misha Brukman | c24b758 | 2004-08-12 20:16:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 774 |       <td><tt>bool, ubyte, sbyte, ushort, short, uint, int, ulong, long,<br>  | 
 | 775 |       float, double, <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a>,  | 
 | 776 |       <a href="#t_packed">packed</a></tt></td> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 777 |     </tr> | 
 | 778 |   </tbody> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 779 | </table> | 
| Misha Brukman | daa4cb0 | 2004-03-01 17:47:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 780 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 781 | <p>The <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> types are perhaps the | 
 | 782 | most important.  Values of these types are the only ones which can be | 
 | 783 | produced by instructions, passed as arguments, or used as operands to | 
 | 784 | instructions.  This means that all structures and arrays must be | 
 | 785 | manipulated either by pointer or by component.</p> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 786 | </div> | 
| Chris Lattner | c3f5976 | 2004-12-09 17:30:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 787 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 788 | <!-- ======================================================================= --> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 789 | <div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="t_derived">Derived Types</a> </div> | 
| Chris Lattner | c3f5976 | 2004-12-09 17:30:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 790 |  | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 791 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
| Chris Lattner | c3f5976 | 2004-12-09 17:30:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 792 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 793 | <p>The real power in LLVM comes from the derived types in the system.  | 
 | 794 | This is what allows a programmer to represent arrays, functions, | 
 | 795 | pointers, and other useful types.  Note that these derived types may be | 
 | 796 | recursive: For example, it is possible to have a two dimensional array.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | c3f5976 | 2004-12-09 17:30:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 797 |  | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 798 | </div> | 
| Chris Lattner | c3f5976 | 2004-12-09 17:30:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 799 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 800 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 801 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_array">Array Type</a> </div> | 
| Chris Lattner | c3f5976 | 2004-12-09 17:30:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 802 |  | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 803 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
| Chris Lattner | c3f5976 | 2004-12-09 17:30:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 804 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 805 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | c3f5976 | 2004-12-09 17:30:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 806 |  | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 807 | <p>The array type is a very simple derived type that arranges elements | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 808 | sequentially in memory.  The array type requires a size (number of | 
 | 809 | elements) and an underlying data type.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | c3f5976 | 2004-12-09 17:30:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 810 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 7faa883 | 2002-04-14 06:13:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 811 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | c3f5976 | 2004-12-09 17:30:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 812 |  | 
 | 813 | <pre> | 
 | 814 |   [<# elements> x <elementtype>] | 
 | 815 | </pre> | 
 | 816 |  | 
| John Criswell | e4c57cc | 2005-05-12 16:52:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 817 | <p>The number of elements is a constant integer value; elementtype may | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 818 | be any type with a size.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | c3f5976 | 2004-12-09 17:30:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 819 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 7faa883 | 2002-04-14 06:13:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 820 | <h5>Examples:</h5> | 
| Reid Spencer | d3f876c | 2004-11-01 08:19:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 821 | <table class="layout"> | 
 | 822 |   <tr class="layout"> | 
 | 823 |     <td class="left"> | 
 | 824 |       <tt>[40 x int ]</tt><br/> | 
 | 825 |       <tt>[41 x int ]</tt><br/> | 
 | 826 |       <tt>[40 x uint]</tt><br/> | 
 | 827 |     </td> | 
 | 828 |     <td class="left"> | 
 | 829 |       Array of 40 integer values.<br/> | 
 | 830 |       Array of 41 integer values.<br/> | 
 | 831 |       Array of 40 unsigned integer values.<br/> | 
 | 832 |     </td> | 
 | 833 |   </tr> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 834 | </table> | 
| Reid Spencer | d3f876c | 2004-11-01 08:19:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 835 | <p>Here are some examples of multidimensional arrays:</p> | 
 | 836 | <table class="layout"> | 
 | 837 |   <tr class="layout"> | 
 | 838 |     <td class="left"> | 
 | 839 |       <tt>[3 x [4 x int]]</tt><br/> | 
 | 840 |       <tt>[12 x [10 x float]]</tt><br/> | 
 | 841 |       <tt>[2 x [3 x [4 x uint]]]</tt><br/> | 
 | 842 |     </td> | 
 | 843 |     <td class="left"> | 
| John Criswell | c1f786c | 2005-05-13 22:25:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 844 |       3x4 array of integer values.<br/> | 
| Reid Spencer | d3f876c | 2004-11-01 08:19:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 845 |       12x10 array of single precision floating point values.<br/> | 
 | 846 |       2x3x4 array of unsigned integer values.<br/> | 
 | 847 |     </td> | 
 | 848 |   </tr> | 
 | 849 | </table> | 
| Chris Lattner | e67a951 | 2005-06-24 17:22:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 850 |  | 
| John Criswell | 0ec250c | 2005-10-24 16:17:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 851 | <p>Note that 'variable sized arrays' can be implemented in LLVM with a zero  | 
 | 852 | length array.  Normally, accesses past the end of an array are undefined in | 
| Chris Lattner | e67a951 | 2005-06-24 17:22:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 853 | LLVM (e.g. it is illegal to access the 5th element of a 3 element array). | 
 | 854 | As a special case, however, zero length arrays are recognized to be variable | 
 | 855 | length.  This allows implementation of 'pascal style arrays' with the  LLVM | 
 | 856 | type "{ int, [0 x float]}", for example.</p> | 
 | 857 |  | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 858 | </div> | 
| Reid Spencer | d3f876c | 2004-11-01 08:19:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 859 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 860 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 861 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_function">Function Type</a> </div> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 862 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 863 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 864 | <p>The function type can be thought of as a function signature.  It | 
 | 865 | consists of a return type and a list of formal parameter types.  | 
| John Criswell | 009900b | 2003-11-25 21:45:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 866 | Function types are usually used to build virtual function tables | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 867 | (which are structures of pointers to functions), for indirect function | 
 | 868 | calls, and when defining a function.</p> | 
| John Criswell | 009900b | 2003-11-25 21:45:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 869 | <p> | 
 | 870 | The return type of a function type cannot be an aggregate type. | 
 | 871 | </p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 872 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 873 | <pre>  <returntype> (<parameter list>)<br></pre> | 
| John Criswell | 0ec250c | 2005-10-24 16:17:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 874 | <p>...where '<tt><parameter list></tt>' is a comma-separated list of type | 
| Misha Brukman | c24b758 | 2004-08-12 20:16:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 875 | specifiers.  Optionally, the parameter list may include a type <tt>...</tt>, | 
| Chris Lattner | 27f71f2 | 2003-09-03 00:41:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 876 | which indicates that the function takes a variable number of arguments. | 
 | 877 | Variable argument functions can access their arguments with the <a | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 878 |  href="#int_varargs">variable argument handling intrinsic</a> functions.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 879 | <h5>Examples:</h5> | 
| Reid Spencer | d3f876c | 2004-11-01 08:19:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 880 | <table class="layout"> | 
 | 881 |   <tr class="layout"> | 
 | 882 |     <td class="left"> | 
 | 883 |       <tt>int (int)</tt> <br/> | 
 | 884 |       <tt>float (int, int *) *</tt><br/> | 
 | 885 |       <tt>int (sbyte *, ...)</tt><br/> | 
 | 886 |     </td> | 
 | 887 |     <td class="left"> | 
 | 888 |       function taking an <tt>int</tt>, returning an <tt>int</tt><br/> | 
 | 889 |       <a href="#t_pointer">Pointer</a> to a function that takes an | 
| Misha Brukman | c24b758 | 2004-08-12 20:16:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 890 |       <tt>int</tt> and a <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> to <tt>int</tt>, | 
| Reid Spencer | d3f876c | 2004-11-01 08:19:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 891 |       returning <tt>float</tt>.<br/> | 
 | 892 |       A vararg function that takes at least one <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a>  | 
 | 893 |       to <tt>sbyte</tt> (signed char in C), which returns an integer.  This is  | 
 | 894 |       the signature for <tt>printf</tt> in LLVM.<br/> | 
 | 895 |     </td> | 
 | 896 |   </tr> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 897 | </table> | 
| Misha Brukman | daa4cb0 | 2004-03-01 17:47:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 898 |  | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 899 | </div> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 900 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 901 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_struct">Structure Type</a> </div> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 902 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 903 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 904 | <p>The structure type is used to represent a collection of data members | 
 | 905 | together in memory.  The packing of the field types is defined to match | 
 | 906 | the ABI of the underlying processor.  The elements of a structure may | 
 | 907 | be any type that has a size.</p> | 
 | 908 | <p>Structures are accessed using '<tt><a href="#i_load">load</a></tt> | 
 | 909 | and '<tt><a href="#i_store">store</a></tt>' by getting a pointer to a | 
 | 910 | field with the '<tt><a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr</a></tt>' | 
 | 911 | instruction.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 912 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 913 | <pre>  { <type list> }<br></pre> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 914 | <h5>Examples:</h5> | 
| Reid Spencer | d3f876c | 2004-11-01 08:19:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 915 | <table class="layout"> | 
 | 916 |   <tr class="layout"> | 
 | 917 |     <td class="left"> | 
 | 918 |       <tt>{ int, int, int }</tt><br/> | 
 | 919 |       <tt>{ float, int (int) * }</tt><br/> | 
 | 920 |     </td> | 
 | 921 |     <td class="left"> | 
 | 922 |       a triple of three <tt>int</tt> values<br/> | 
 | 923 |       A pair, where the first element is a <tt>float</tt> and the second element  | 
 | 924 |       is a <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> to a <a href="#t_function">function</a>  | 
 | 925 |       that takes an <tt>int</tt>, returning an <tt>int</tt>.<br/> | 
 | 926 |     </td> | 
 | 927 |   </tr> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 928 | </table> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 929 | </div> | 
| Reid Spencer | d3f876c | 2004-11-01 08:19:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 930 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 931 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 932 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_pointer">Pointer Type</a> </div> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 933 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
| Chris Lattner | 7faa883 | 2002-04-14 06:13:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 934 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 935 | <p>As in many languages, the pointer type represents a pointer or | 
 | 936 | reference to another object, which must live in memory.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 7faa883 | 2002-04-14 06:13:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 937 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 938 | <pre>  <type> *<br></pre> | 
| Chris Lattner | 7faa883 | 2002-04-14 06:13:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 939 | <h5>Examples:</h5> | 
| Reid Spencer | d3f876c | 2004-11-01 08:19:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 940 | <table class="layout"> | 
 | 941 |   <tr class="layout"> | 
 | 942 |     <td class="left"> | 
 | 943 |       <tt>[4x int]*</tt><br/> | 
 | 944 |       <tt>int (int *) *</tt><br/> | 
 | 945 |     </td> | 
 | 946 |     <td class="left"> | 
 | 947 |       A <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> to <a href="#t_array">array</a> of | 
 | 948 |       four <tt>int</tt> values<br/> | 
 | 949 |       A <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> to a <a | 
| Chris Lattner | a977c48 | 2005-02-19 02:22:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 950 |       href="#t_function">function</a> that takes an <tt>int*</tt>, returning an | 
| Reid Spencer | d3f876c | 2004-11-01 08:19:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 951 |       <tt>int</tt>.<br/> | 
 | 952 |     </td> | 
 | 953 |   </tr> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 954 | </table> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 955 | </div> | 
| Reid Spencer | d3f876c | 2004-11-01 08:19:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 956 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | a58561b | 2004-08-12 19:12:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 957 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
 | 958 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_packed">Packed Type</a> </div> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 959 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
| Chris Lattner | 69c11bb | 2005-04-25 17:34:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 960 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | a58561b | 2004-08-12 19:12:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 961 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 69c11bb | 2005-04-25 17:34:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 962 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | a58561b | 2004-08-12 19:12:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 963 | <p>A packed type is a simple derived type that represents a vector | 
 | 964 | of elements.  Packed types are used when multiple primitive data  | 
 | 965 | are operated in parallel using a single instruction (SIMD).  | 
 | 966 | A packed type requires a size (number of | 
| Chris Lattner | b8d172f | 2005-11-10 01:44:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 967 | elements) and an underlying primitive data type.  Vectors must have a power | 
 | 968 | of two length (1, 2, 4, 8, 16 ...).  Packed types are | 
| Chris Lattner | a58561b | 2004-08-12 19:12:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 969 | considered <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a>.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 69c11bb | 2005-04-25 17:34:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 970 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | a58561b | 2004-08-12 19:12:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 971 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 69c11bb | 2005-04-25 17:34:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 972 |  | 
 | 973 | <pre> | 
 | 974 |   < <# elements> x <elementtype> > | 
 | 975 | </pre> | 
 | 976 |  | 
| John Criswell | c1f786c | 2005-05-13 22:25:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 977 | <p>The number of elements is a constant integer value; elementtype may | 
| Chris Lattner | a58561b | 2004-08-12 19:12:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 978 | be any integral or floating point type.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 69c11bb | 2005-04-25 17:34:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 979 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | a58561b | 2004-08-12 19:12:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 980 | <h5>Examples:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 69c11bb | 2005-04-25 17:34:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 981 |  | 
| Reid Spencer | d3f876c | 2004-11-01 08:19:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 982 | <table class="layout"> | 
 | 983 |   <tr class="layout"> | 
 | 984 |     <td class="left"> | 
 | 985 |       <tt><4 x int></tt><br/> | 
 | 986 |       <tt><8 x float></tt><br/> | 
 | 987 |       <tt><2 x uint></tt><br/> | 
 | 988 |     </td> | 
 | 989 |     <td class="left"> | 
 | 990 |       Packed vector of 4 integer values.<br/> | 
 | 991 |       Packed vector of 8 floating-point values.<br/> | 
 | 992 |       Packed vector of 2 unsigned integer values.<br/> | 
 | 993 |     </td> | 
 | 994 |   </tr> | 
 | 995 | </table> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 996 | </div> | 
 | 997 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 69c11bb | 2005-04-25 17:34:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 998 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
 | 999 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_opaque">Opaque Type</a> </div> | 
 | 1000 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
 | 1001 |  | 
 | 1002 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
 | 1003 |  | 
 | 1004 | <p>Opaque types are used to represent unknown types in the system.  This | 
 | 1005 | corresponds (for example) to the C notion of a foward declared structure type. | 
 | 1006 | In LLVM, opaque types can eventually be resolved to any type (not just a | 
 | 1007 | structure type).</p> | 
 | 1008 |  | 
 | 1009 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
 | 1010 |  | 
 | 1011 | <pre> | 
 | 1012 |   opaque | 
 | 1013 | </pre> | 
 | 1014 |  | 
 | 1015 | <h5>Examples:</h5> | 
 | 1016 |  | 
 | 1017 | <table class="layout"> | 
 | 1018 |   <tr class="layout"> | 
 | 1019 |     <td class="left"> | 
 | 1020 |       <tt>opaque</tt> | 
 | 1021 |     </td> | 
 | 1022 |     <td class="left"> | 
 | 1023 |       An opaque type.<br/> | 
 | 1024 |     </td> | 
 | 1025 |   </tr> | 
 | 1026 | </table> | 
 | 1027 | </div> | 
 | 1028 |  | 
 | 1029 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | c3f5976 | 2004-12-09 17:30:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1030 | <!-- *********************************************************************** --> | 
 | 1031 | <div class="doc_section"> <a name="constants">Constants</a> </div> | 
 | 1032 | <!-- *********************************************************************** --> | 
 | 1033 |  | 
 | 1034 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
 | 1035 |  | 
 | 1036 | <p>LLVM has several different basic types of constants.  This section describes | 
 | 1037 | them all and their syntax.</p> | 
 | 1038 |  | 
 | 1039 | </div> | 
 | 1040 |  | 
 | 1041 | <!-- ======================================================================= --> | 
| Reid Spencer | cc16dc3 | 2004-12-09 18:02:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1042 | <div class="doc_subsection"><a name="simpleconstants">Simple Constants</a></div> | 
| Chris Lattner | c3f5976 | 2004-12-09 17:30:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1043 |  | 
 | 1044 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
 | 1045 |  | 
 | 1046 | <dl> | 
 | 1047 |   <dt><b>Boolean constants</b></dt> | 
 | 1048 |  | 
 | 1049 |   <dd>The two strings '<tt>true</tt>' and '<tt>false</tt>' are both valid | 
 | 1050 |   constants of the <tt><a href="#t_primitive">bool</a></tt> type. | 
 | 1051 |   </dd> | 
 | 1052 |  | 
 | 1053 |   <dt><b>Integer constants</b></dt> | 
 | 1054 |  | 
| Reid Spencer | cc16dc3 | 2004-12-09 18:02:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1055 |   <dd>Standard integers (such as '4') are constants of the <a | 
| Chris Lattner | c3f5976 | 2004-12-09 17:30:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1056 |   href="#t_integer">integer</a> type.  Negative numbers may be used with signed | 
 | 1057 |   integer types. | 
 | 1058 |   </dd> | 
 | 1059 |  | 
 | 1060 |   <dt><b>Floating point constants</b></dt> | 
 | 1061 |  | 
 | 1062 |   <dd>Floating point constants use standard decimal notation (e.g. 123.421), | 
 | 1063 |   exponential notation (e.g. 1.23421e+2), or a more precise hexadecimal | 
| Chris Lattner | c3f5976 | 2004-12-09 17:30:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1064 |   notation (see below).  Floating point constants must have a <a | 
 | 1065 |   href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type. </dd> | 
 | 1066 |  | 
 | 1067 |   <dt><b>Null pointer constants</b></dt> | 
 | 1068 |  | 
| John Criswell | 9e2485c | 2004-12-10 15:51:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1069 |   <dd>The identifier '<tt>null</tt>' is recognized as a null pointer constant | 
| Chris Lattner | c3f5976 | 2004-12-09 17:30:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1070 |   and must be of <a href="#t_pointer">pointer type</a>.</dd> | 
 | 1071 |  | 
 | 1072 | </dl> | 
 | 1073 |  | 
| John Criswell | 9e2485c | 2004-12-10 15:51:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1074 | <p>The one non-intuitive notation for constants is the optional hexadecimal form | 
| Chris Lattner | c3f5976 | 2004-12-09 17:30:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1075 | of floating point constants.  For example, the form '<tt>double | 
 | 1076 | 0x432ff973cafa8000</tt>' is equivalent to (but harder to read than) '<tt>double | 
 | 1077 | 4.5e+15</tt>'.  The only time hexadecimal floating point constants are required | 
| Reid Spencer | cc16dc3 | 2004-12-09 18:02:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1078 | (and the only time that they are generated by the disassembler) is when a  | 
 | 1079 | floating point constant must be emitted but it cannot be represented as a  | 
 | 1080 | decimal floating point number.  For example, NaN's, infinities, and other  | 
 | 1081 | special values are represented in their IEEE hexadecimal format so that  | 
 | 1082 | assembly and disassembly do not cause any bits to change in the constants.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | c3f5976 | 2004-12-09 17:30:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1083 |  | 
 | 1084 | </div> | 
 | 1085 |  | 
 | 1086 | <!-- ======================================================================= --> | 
 | 1087 | <div class="doc_subsection"><a name="aggregateconstants">Aggregate Constants</a> | 
 | 1088 | </div> | 
 | 1089 |  | 
 | 1090 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
| Chris Lattner | d4f6b17 | 2005-03-07 22:13:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1091 | <p>Aggregate constants arise from aggregation of simple constants | 
 | 1092 | and smaller aggregate constants.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | c3f5976 | 2004-12-09 17:30:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1093 |  | 
 | 1094 | <dl> | 
 | 1095 |   <dt><b>Structure constants</b></dt> | 
 | 1096 |  | 
 | 1097 |   <dd>Structure constants are represented with notation similar to structure | 
 | 1098 |   type definitions (a comma separated list of elements, surrounded by braces | 
| Chris Lattner | d4f6b17 | 2005-03-07 22:13:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1099 |   (<tt>{}</tt>)).  For example: "<tt>{ int 4, float 17.0, int* %G }</tt>", | 
 | 1100 |   where "<tt>%G</tt>" is declared as "<tt>%G = external global int</tt>".  Structure constants | 
 | 1101 |   must have <a href="#t_struct">structure type</a>, and the number and | 
| Chris Lattner | c3f5976 | 2004-12-09 17:30:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1102 |   types of elements must match those specified by the type. | 
 | 1103 |   </dd> | 
 | 1104 |  | 
 | 1105 |   <dt><b>Array constants</b></dt> | 
 | 1106 |  | 
 | 1107 |   <dd>Array constants are represented with notation similar to array type | 
 | 1108 |   definitions (a comma separated list of elements, surrounded by square brackets | 
| John Criswell | 9e2485c | 2004-12-10 15:51:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1109 |   (<tt>[]</tt>)).  For example: "<tt>[ int 42, int 11, int 74 ]</tt>".  Array | 
| Chris Lattner | c3f5976 | 2004-12-09 17:30:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1110 |   constants must have <a href="#t_array">array type</a>, and the number and | 
 | 1111 |   types of elements must match those specified by the type. | 
 | 1112 |   </dd> | 
 | 1113 |  | 
 | 1114 |   <dt><b>Packed constants</b></dt> | 
 | 1115 |  | 
 | 1116 |   <dd>Packed constants are represented with notation similar to packed type | 
 | 1117 |   definitions (a comma separated list of elements, surrounded by | 
| John Criswell | 9e2485c | 2004-12-10 15:51:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1118 |   less-than/greater-than's (<tt><></tt>)).  For example: "<tt>< int 42, | 
| Chris Lattner | c3f5976 | 2004-12-09 17:30:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1119 |   int 11, int 74, int 100 ></tt>".  Packed constants must have <a | 
 | 1120 |   href="#t_packed">packed type</a>, and the number and types of elements must | 
 | 1121 |   match those specified by the type. | 
 | 1122 |   </dd> | 
 | 1123 |  | 
 | 1124 |   <dt><b>Zero initialization</b></dt> | 
 | 1125 |  | 
 | 1126 |   <dd>The string '<tt>zeroinitializer</tt>' can be used to zero initialize a | 
 | 1127 |   value to zero of <em>any</em> type, including scalar and aggregate types. | 
 | 1128 |   This is often used to avoid having to print large zero initializers (e.g. for | 
| John Criswell | 0ec250c | 2005-10-24 16:17:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1129 |   large arrays) and is always exactly equivalent to using explicit zero | 
| Chris Lattner | c3f5976 | 2004-12-09 17:30:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1130 |   initializers. | 
 | 1131 |   </dd> | 
 | 1132 | </dl> | 
 | 1133 |  | 
 | 1134 | </div> | 
 | 1135 |  | 
 | 1136 | <!-- ======================================================================= --> | 
 | 1137 | <div class="doc_subsection"> | 
 | 1138 |   <a name="globalconstants">Global Variable and Function Addresses</a> | 
 | 1139 | </div> | 
 | 1140 |  | 
 | 1141 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
 | 1142 |  | 
 | 1143 | <p>The addresses of <a href="#globalvars">global variables</a> and <a | 
 | 1144 | href="#functionstructure">functions</a> are always implicitly valid (link-time) | 
| John Criswell | 9e2485c | 2004-12-10 15:51:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1145 | constants.  These constants are explicitly referenced when the <a | 
 | 1146 | href="#identifiers">identifier for the global</a> is used and always have <a | 
| Chris Lattner | c3f5976 | 2004-12-09 17:30:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1147 | href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> type. For example, the following is a legal LLVM | 
 | 1148 | file:</p> | 
 | 1149 |  | 
 | 1150 | <pre> | 
 | 1151 |   %X = global int 17 | 
 | 1152 |   %Y = global int 42 | 
 | 1153 |   %Z = global [2 x int*] [ int* %X, int* %Y ] | 
 | 1154 | </pre> | 
 | 1155 |  | 
 | 1156 | </div> | 
 | 1157 |  | 
 | 1158 | <!-- ======================================================================= --> | 
| Reid Spencer | 2dc45b8 | 2004-12-09 18:13:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1159 | <div class="doc_subsection"><a name="undefvalues">Undefined Values</a></div> | 
| Chris Lattner | c3f5976 | 2004-12-09 17:30:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1160 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
| Reid Spencer | 2dc45b8 | 2004-12-09 18:13:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1161 |   <p>The string '<tt>undef</tt>' is recognized as a type-less constant that has  | 
| John Criswell | c1f786c | 2005-05-13 22:25:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1162 |   no specific value.  Undefined values may be of any type and be used anywhere  | 
| Reid Spencer | 2dc45b8 | 2004-12-09 18:13:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1163 |   a constant is permitted.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | c3f5976 | 2004-12-09 17:30:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1164 |  | 
| Reid Spencer | 2dc45b8 | 2004-12-09 18:13:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1165 |   <p>Undefined values indicate to the compiler that the program is well defined | 
 | 1166 |   no matter what value is used, giving the compiler more freedom to optimize. | 
 | 1167 |   </p> | 
| Chris Lattner | c3f5976 | 2004-12-09 17:30:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1168 | </div> | 
 | 1169 |  | 
 | 1170 | <!-- ======================================================================= --> | 
 | 1171 | <div class="doc_subsection"><a name="constantexprs">Constant Expressions</a> | 
 | 1172 | </div> | 
 | 1173 |  | 
 | 1174 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
 | 1175 |  | 
 | 1176 | <p>Constant expressions are used to allow expressions involving other constants | 
 | 1177 | to be used as constants.  Constant expressions may be of any <a | 
| John Criswell | c1f786c | 2005-05-13 22:25:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1178 | href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type and may involve any LLVM operation | 
| Chris Lattner | c3f5976 | 2004-12-09 17:30:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1179 | that does not have side effects (e.g. load and call are not supported).  The | 
 | 1180 | following is the syntax for constant expressions:</p> | 
 | 1181 |  | 
 | 1182 | <dl> | 
| Reid Spencer | 9dee3ac | 2006-11-08 01:11:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1183 |   <dt><b><tt>trunc ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt> | 
 | 1184 |   <dd>Truncate a constant to another type. The bit size of CST must be larger  | 
 | 1185 |   than the bit size of TYPE. Both types must be integral.</dd> | 
| Chris Lattner | c3f5976 | 2004-12-09 17:30:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1186 |  | 
| Reid Spencer | 9dee3ac | 2006-11-08 01:11:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1187 |   <dt><b><tt>zext ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt> | 
 | 1188 |   <dd>Zero extend a constant to another type. The bit size of CST must be  | 
 | 1189 |   smaller or equal to the bit size of TYPE.  Both types must be integral.</dd> | 
 | 1190 |  | 
 | 1191 |   <dt><b><tt>sext ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt> | 
 | 1192 |   <dd>Sign extend a constant to another type. The bit size of CST must be  | 
 | 1193 |   smaller or equal to the bit size of TYPE.  Both types must be integral.</dd> | 
 | 1194 |  | 
 | 1195 |   <dt><b><tt>fptrunc ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt> | 
 | 1196 |   <dd>Truncate a floating point constant to another floating point type. The  | 
 | 1197 |   size of CST must be larger than the size of TYPE. Both types must be  | 
 | 1198 |   floating point.</dd> | 
 | 1199 |  | 
 | 1200 |   <dt><b><tt>fpext ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt> | 
 | 1201 |   <dd>Floating point extend a constant to another type. The size of CST must be  | 
 | 1202 |   smaller or equal to the size of TYPE. Both types must be floating point.</dd> | 
 | 1203 |  | 
 | 1204 |   <dt><b><tt>fp2uint ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt> | 
 | 1205 |   <dd>Convert a floating point constant to the corresponding unsigned integer | 
 | 1206 |   constant. TYPE must be an integer type. CST must be floating point. If the  | 
 | 1207 |   value won't fit in the integer type, the results are undefined.</dd> | 
 | 1208 |  | 
| Reid Spencer | d444879 | 2006-11-09 23:03:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 1209 |   <dt><b><tt>fptosi ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt> | 
| Reid Spencer | 9dee3ac | 2006-11-08 01:11:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1210 |   <dd>Convert a floating point constant to the corresponding signed integer | 
 | 1211 |   constant. TYPE must be an integer type. CST must be floating point. If the  | 
 | 1212 |   value won't fit in the integer type, the results are undefined.</dd> | 
 | 1213 |  | 
| Reid Spencer | d444879 | 2006-11-09 23:03:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 1214 |   <dt><b><tt>uitofp ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt> | 
| Reid Spencer | 9dee3ac | 2006-11-08 01:11:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1215 |   <dd>Convert an unsigned integer constant to the corresponding floating point | 
 | 1216 |   constant. TYPE must be floating point. CST must be of integer type. If the | 
 | 1217 |   value won't fit in the floating point type, the results are undefined.</dd> | 
 | 1218 |  | 
| Reid Spencer | d444879 | 2006-11-09 23:03:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 1219 |   <dt><b><tt>sitofp ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt> | 
| Reid Spencer | 9dee3ac | 2006-11-08 01:11:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1220 |   <dd>Convert a signed integer constant to the corresponding floating point | 
 | 1221 |   constant. TYPE must be floating point. CST must be of integer type. If the | 
 | 1222 |   value won't fit in the floating point type, the results are undefined.</dd> | 
 | 1223 |  | 
 | 1224 |   <dt><b><tt>bitconvert ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt> | 
 | 1225 |   <dd>Convert a constant, CST, to another TYPE. The size of CST and TYPE must be | 
 | 1226 |   identical (same number of bits). The conversion is done as if the CST value | 
 | 1227 |   was stored to memory and read back as TYPE. In other words, no bits change  | 
 | 1228 |   with this operator, just the type.  This can be used for conversion of pointer | 
 | 1229 |   and packed types to any other type, as long as they have the same bit width. | 
 | 1230 |   </dd> | 
| Chris Lattner | c3f5976 | 2004-12-09 17:30:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1231 |  | 
 | 1232 |   <dt><b><tt>getelementptr ( CSTPTR, IDX0, IDX1, ... )</tt></b></dt> | 
 | 1233 |  | 
 | 1234 |   <dd>Perform the <a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr operation</a> on | 
 | 1235 |   constants.  As with the <a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr</a> | 
 | 1236 |   instruction, the index list may have zero or more indexes, which are required | 
 | 1237 |   to make sense for the type of "CSTPTR".</dd> | 
 | 1238 |  | 
| Robert Bocchino | 9fbe145 | 2006-01-10 19:31:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1239 |   <dt><b><tt>select ( COND, VAL1, VAL2 )</tt></b></dt> | 
 | 1240 |  | 
 | 1241 |   <dd>Perform the <a href="#i_select">select operation</a> on | 
 | 1242 |   constants. | 
 | 1243 |  | 
 | 1244 |   <dt><b><tt>extractelement ( VAL, IDX )</tt></b></dt> | 
 | 1245 |  | 
 | 1246 |   <dd>Perform the <a href="#i_extractelement">extractelement | 
 | 1247 |   operation</a> on constants. | 
 | 1248 |  | 
| Robert Bocchino | 05ccd70 | 2006-01-15 20:48:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1249 |   <dt><b><tt>insertelement ( VAL, ELT, IDX )</tt></b></dt> | 
 | 1250 |  | 
 | 1251 |   <dd>Perform the <a href="#i_insertelement">insertelement | 
 | 1252 |   operation</a> on constants. | 
 | 1253 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | c198954 | 2006-04-08 00:13:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1254 |  | 
 | 1255 |   <dt><b><tt>shufflevector ( VEC1, VEC2, IDXMASK )</tt></b></dt> | 
 | 1256 |  | 
 | 1257 |   <dd>Perform the <a href="#i_shufflevector">shufflevector | 
 | 1258 |   operation</a> on constants. | 
 | 1259 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | c3f5976 | 2004-12-09 17:30:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1260 |   <dt><b><tt>OPCODE ( LHS, RHS )</tt></b></dt> | 
 | 1261 |  | 
| Reid Spencer | 2dc45b8 | 2004-12-09 18:13:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1262 |   <dd>Perform the specified operation of the LHS and RHS constants. OPCODE may  | 
 | 1263 |   be any of the <a href="#binaryops">binary</a> or <a href="#bitwiseops">bitwise | 
| Chris Lattner | c3f5976 | 2004-12-09 17:30:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1264 |   binary</a> operations.  The constraints on operands are the same as those for | 
 | 1265 |   the corresponding instruction (e.g. no bitwise operations on floating point | 
| John Criswell | e4c57cc | 2005-05-12 16:52:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1266 |   values are allowed).</dd> | 
| Chris Lattner | c3f5976 | 2004-12-09 17:30:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1267 | </dl> | 
| Chris Lattner | c3f5976 | 2004-12-09 17:30:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1268 | </div> | 
| Chris Lattner | 9ee5d22 | 2004-03-08 16:49:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1269 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1270 | <!-- *********************************************************************** --> | 
| Chris Lattner | e87d653 | 2006-01-25 23:47:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1271 | <div class="doc_section"> <a name="othervalues">Other Values</a> </div> | 
 | 1272 | <!-- *********************************************************************** --> | 
 | 1273 |  | 
 | 1274 | <!-- ======================================================================= --> | 
 | 1275 | <div class="doc_subsection"> | 
 | 1276 | <a name="inlineasm">Inline Assembler Expressions</a> | 
 | 1277 | </div> | 
 | 1278 |  | 
 | 1279 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
 | 1280 |  | 
 | 1281 | <p> | 
 | 1282 | LLVM supports inline assembler expressions (as opposed to <a href="#moduleasm"> | 
 | 1283 | Module-Level Inline Assembly</a>) through the use of a special value.  This | 
 | 1284 | value represents the inline assembler as a string (containing the instructions | 
 | 1285 | to emit), a list of operand constraints (stored as a string), and a flag that  | 
 | 1286 | indicates whether or not the inline asm expression has side effects.  An example | 
 | 1287 | inline assembler expression is: | 
 | 1288 | </p> | 
 | 1289 |  | 
 | 1290 | <pre> | 
 | 1291 |   int(int) asm "bswap $0", "=r,r" | 
 | 1292 | </pre> | 
 | 1293 |  | 
 | 1294 | <p> | 
 | 1295 | Inline assembler expressions may <b>only</b> be used as the callee operand of | 
 | 1296 | a <a href="#i_call"><tt>call</tt> instruction</a>.  Thus, typically we have: | 
 | 1297 | </p> | 
 | 1298 |  | 
 | 1299 | <pre> | 
 | 1300 |   %X = call int asm "<a href="#i_bswap">bswap</a> $0", "=r,r"(int %Y) | 
 | 1301 | </pre> | 
 | 1302 |  | 
 | 1303 | <p> | 
 | 1304 | Inline asms with side effects not visible in the constraint list must be marked | 
 | 1305 | as having side effects.  This is done through the use of the | 
 | 1306 | '<tt>sideeffect</tt>' keyword, like so: | 
 | 1307 | </p> | 
 | 1308 |  | 
 | 1309 | <pre> | 
 | 1310 |   call void asm sideeffect "eieio", ""() | 
 | 1311 | </pre> | 
 | 1312 |  | 
 | 1313 | <p>TODO: The format of the asm and constraints string still need to be | 
 | 1314 | documented here.  Constraints on what can be done (e.g. duplication, moving, etc | 
 | 1315 | need to be documented). | 
 | 1316 | </p> | 
 | 1317 |  | 
 | 1318 | </div> | 
 | 1319 |  | 
 | 1320 | <!-- *********************************************************************** --> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1321 | <div class="doc_section"> <a name="instref">Instruction Reference</a> </div> | 
 | 1322 | <!-- *********************************************************************** --> | 
| Chris Lattner | c3f5976 | 2004-12-09 17:30:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1323 |  | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1324 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
| Chris Lattner | c3f5976 | 2004-12-09 17:30:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1325 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1326 | <p>The LLVM instruction set consists of several different | 
 | 1327 | classifications of instructions: <a href="#terminators">terminator | 
| John Criswell | c1f786c | 2005-05-13 22:25:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1328 | instructions</a>, <a href="#binaryops">binary instructions</a>, | 
 | 1329 | <a href="#bitwiseops">bitwise binary instructions</a>, <a | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1330 |  href="#memoryops">memory instructions</a>, and <a href="#otherops">other | 
 | 1331 | instructions</a>.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | c3f5976 | 2004-12-09 17:30:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1332 |  | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1333 | </div> | 
| Chris Lattner | c3f5976 | 2004-12-09 17:30:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1334 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1335 | <!-- ======================================================================= --> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1336 | <div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="terminators">Terminator | 
 | 1337 | Instructions</a> </div> | 
| Chris Lattner | c3f5976 | 2004-12-09 17:30:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1338 |  | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1339 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
| Chris Lattner | c3f5976 | 2004-12-09 17:30:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1340 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1341 | <p>As mentioned <a href="#functionstructure">previously</a>, every | 
 | 1342 | basic block in a program ends with a "Terminator" instruction, which | 
 | 1343 | indicates which block should be executed after the current block is | 
 | 1344 | finished. These terminator instructions typically yield a '<tt>void</tt>' | 
 | 1345 | value: they produce control flow, not values (the one exception being | 
 | 1346 | the '<a href="#i_invoke"><tt>invoke</tt></a>' instruction).</p> | 
| John Criswell | 9e2485c | 2004-12-10 15:51:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1347 | <p>There are six different terminator instructions: the '<a | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1348 |  href="#i_ret"><tt>ret</tt></a>' instruction, the '<a href="#i_br"><tt>br</tt></a>' | 
 | 1349 | instruction, the '<a href="#i_switch"><tt>switch</tt></a>' instruction, | 
| Chris Lattner | 35eca58 | 2004-10-16 18:04:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1350 | the '<a href="#i_invoke"><tt>invoke</tt></a>' instruction, the '<a | 
 | 1351 |  href="#i_unwind"><tt>unwind</tt></a>' instruction, and the '<a | 
 | 1352 |  href="#i_unreachable"><tt>unreachable</tt></a>' instruction.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | c3f5976 | 2004-12-09 17:30:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1353 |  | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1354 | </div> | 
| Chris Lattner | c3f5976 | 2004-12-09 17:30:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1355 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1356 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1357 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_ret">'<tt>ret</tt>' | 
 | 1358 | Instruction</a> </div> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1359 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1360 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1361 | <pre>  ret <type> <value>       <i>; Return a value from a non-void function</i> | 
| Chris Lattner | 7faa883 | 2002-04-14 06:13:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1362 |   ret void                 <i>; Return from void function</i> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1363 | </pre> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1364 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1365 | <p>The '<tt>ret</tt>' instruction is used to return control flow (and a | 
| John Criswell | c1f786c | 2005-05-13 22:25:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1366 | value) from a function back to the caller.</p> | 
| John Criswell | 4457dc9 | 2004-04-09 16:48:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1367 | <p>There are two forms of the '<tt>ret</tt>' instruction: one that | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1368 | returns a value and then causes control flow, and one that just causes | 
 | 1369 | control flow to occur.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1370 | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1371 | <p>The '<tt>ret</tt>' instruction may return any '<a | 
 | 1372 |  href="#t_firstclass">first class</a>' type.  Notice that a function is | 
 | 1373 | not <a href="#wellformed">well formed</a> if there exists a '<tt>ret</tt>' | 
 | 1374 | instruction inside of the function that returns a value that does not | 
 | 1375 | match the return type of the function.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1376 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1377 | <p>When the '<tt>ret</tt>' instruction is executed, control flow | 
 | 1378 | returns back to the calling function's context.  If the caller is a "<a | 
| John Criswell | fa08187 | 2004-06-25 15:16:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1379 |  href="#i_call"><tt>call</tt></a>" instruction, execution continues at | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1380 | the instruction after the call.  If the caller was an "<a | 
 | 1381 |  href="#i_invoke"><tt>invoke</tt></a>" instruction, execution continues | 
| John Criswell | e4c57cc | 2005-05-12 16:52:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1382 | at the beginning of the "normal" destination block.  If the instruction | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1383 | returns a value, that value shall set the call or invoke instruction's | 
 | 1384 | return value.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1385 | <h5>Example:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1386 | <pre>  ret int 5                       <i>; Return an integer value of 5</i> | 
| Chris Lattner | 7faa883 | 2002-04-14 06:13:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1387 |   ret void                        <i>; Return from a void function</i> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1388 | </pre> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1389 | </div> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1390 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1391 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_br">'<tt>br</tt>' Instruction</a> </div> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1392 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1393 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1394 | <pre>  br bool <cond>, label <iftrue>, label <iffalse><br>  br label <dest>          <i>; Unconditional branch</i> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1395 | </pre> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1396 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1397 | <p>The '<tt>br</tt>' instruction is used to cause control flow to | 
 | 1398 | transfer to a different basic block in the current function.  There are | 
 | 1399 | two forms of this instruction, corresponding to a conditional branch | 
 | 1400 | and an unconditional branch.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1401 | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1402 | <p>The conditional branch form of the '<tt>br</tt>' instruction takes a | 
 | 1403 | single '<tt>bool</tt>' value and two '<tt>label</tt>' values.  The | 
 | 1404 | unconditional form of the '<tt>br</tt>' instruction takes a single '<tt>label</tt>' | 
 | 1405 | value as a target.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1406 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1407 | <p>Upon execution of a conditional '<tt>br</tt>' instruction, the '<tt>bool</tt>' | 
 | 1408 | argument is evaluated.  If the value is <tt>true</tt>, control flows | 
 | 1409 | to the '<tt>iftrue</tt>' <tt>label</tt> argument.  If "cond" is <tt>false</tt>, | 
 | 1410 | control flows to the '<tt>iffalse</tt>' <tt>label</tt> argument.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1411 | <h5>Example:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1412 | <pre>Test:<br>  %cond = <a href="#i_setcc">seteq</a> int %a, %b<br>  br bool %cond, label %IfEqual, label %IfUnequal<br>IfEqual:<br>  <a | 
 | 1413 |  href="#i_ret">ret</a> int 1<br>IfUnequal:<br>  <a href="#i_ret">ret</a> int 0<br></pre> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1414 | </div> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1415 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
| Chris Lattner | c88c17b | 2004-02-24 04:54:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1416 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
 | 1417 |    <a name="i_switch">'<tt>switch</tt>' Instruction</a> | 
 | 1418 | </div> | 
 | 1419 |  | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1420 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1421 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | c88c17b | 2004-02-24 04:54:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1422 |  | 
 | 1423 | <pre> | 
 | 1424 |   switch <intty> <value>, label <defaultdest> [ <intty> <val>, label <dest> ... ] | 
 | 1425 | </pre> | 
 | 1426 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1427 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | c88c17b | 2004-02-24 04:54:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1428 |  | 
 | 1429 | <p>The '<tt>switch</tt>' instruction is used to transfer control flow to one of | 
 | 1430 | several different places.  It is a generalization of the '<tt>br</tt>' | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1431 | instruction, allowing a branch to occur to one of many possible | 
 | 1432 | destinations.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | c88c17b | 2004-02-24 04:54:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1433 |  | 
 | 1434 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1435 | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | c88c17b | 2004-02-24 04:54:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1436 |  | 
 | 1437 | <p>The '<tt>switch</tt>' instruction uses three parameters: an integer | 
 | 1438 | comparison value '<tt>value</tt>', a default '<tt>label</tt>' destination, and | 
 | 1439 | an array of pairs of comparison value constants and '<tt>label</tt>'s.  The | 
 | 1440 | table is not allowed to contain duplicate constant entries.</p> | 
 | 1441 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1442 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | c88c17b | 2004-02-24 04:54:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1443 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1444 | <p>The <tt>switch</tt> instruction specifies a table of values and | 
 | 1445 | destinations. When the '<tt>switch</tt>' instruction is executed, this | 
| John Criswell | 8411475 | 2004-06-25 16:05:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1446 | table is searched for the given value.  If the value is found, control flow is | 
 | 1447 | transfered to the corresponding destination; otherwise, control flow is | 
 | 1448 | transfered to the default destination.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1449 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | c88c17b | 2004-02-24 04:54:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1450 | <h5>Implementation:</h5> | 
 | 1451 |  | 
 | 1452 | <p>Depending on properties of the target machine and the particular | 
 | 1453 | <tt>switch</tt> instruction, this instruction may be code generated in different | 
| John Criswell | 8411475 | 2004-06-25 16:05:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1454 | ways.  For example, it could be generated as a series of chained conditional | 
 | 1455 | branches or with a lookup table.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | c88c17b | 2004-02-24 04:54:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1456 |  | 
 | 1457 | <h5>Example:</h5> | 
 | 1458 |  | 
 | 1459 | <pre> | 
 | 1460 |  <i>; Emulate a conditional br instruction</i> | 
| Reid Spencer | 9dee3ac | 2006-11-08 01:11:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1461 |  %Val = <a href="#i_zext">zext</a> bool %value to int | 
| Chris Lattner | c88c17b | 2004-02-24 04:54:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1462 |  switch int %Val, label %truedest [int 0, label %falsedest ] | 
 | 1463 |  | 
 | 1464 |  <i>; Emulate an unconditional br instruction</i> | 
 | 1465 |  switch uint 0, label %dest [ ] | 
 | 1466 |  | 
 | 1467 |  <i>; Implement a jump table:</i> | 
 | 1468 |  switch uint %val, label %otherwise [ uint 0, label %onzero  | 
 | 1469 |                                       uint 1, label %onone  | 
 | 1470 |                                       uint 2, label %ontwo ] | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1471 | </pre> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1472 | </div> | 
| Chris Lattner | bad10ee | 2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1473 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1474 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
| Chris Lattner | bad10ee | 2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1475 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
 | 1476 |   <a name="i_invoke">'<tt>invoke</tt>' Instruction</a> | 
 | 1477 | </div> | 
 | 1478 |  | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1479 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
| Chris Lattner | bad10ee | 2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1480 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1481 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | bad10ee | 2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1482 |  | 
 | 1483 | <pre> | 
 | 1484 |   <result> = invoke [<a href="#callingconv">cconv</a>] <ptr to function ty> %<function ptr val>(<function args>)  | 
| Chris Lattner | 76b8a33 | 2006-05-14 18:23:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1485 |                 to label <normal label> unwind label <exception label> | 
| Chris Lattner | bad10ee | 2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1486 | </pre> | 
 | 1487 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 6536cfe | 2002-05-06 22:08:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1488 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | bad10ee | 2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1489 |  | 
 | 1490 | <p>The '<tt>invoke</tt>' instruction causes control to transfer to a specified | 
 | 1491 | function, with the possibility of control flow transfer to either the | 
| John Criswell | e4c57cc | 2005-05-12 16:52:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1492 | '<tt>normal</tt>' label or the | 
 | 1493 | '<tt>exception</tt>' label.  If the callee function returns with the | 
| Chris Lattner | bad10ee | 2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1494 | "<tt><a href="#i_ret">ret</a></tt>" instruction, control flow will return to the | 
 | 1495 | "normal" label.  If the callee (or any indirect callees) returns with the "<a | 
| John Criswell | e4c57cc | 2005-05-12 16:52:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1496 | href="#i_unwind"><tt>unwind</tt></a>" instruction, control is interrupted and | 
 | 1497 | continued at the dynamically nearest "exception" label.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | bad10ee | 2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1498 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1499 | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | bad10ee | 2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1500 |  | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1501 | <p>This instruction requires several arguments:</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | bad10ee | 2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1502 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1503 | <ol> | 
| Chris Lattner | bad10ee | 2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1504 |   <li> | 
| John Criswell | c1f786c | 2005-05-13 22:25:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1505 |     The optional "cconv" marker indicates which <a href="callingconv">calling | 
| Chris Lattner | bad10ee | 2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1506 |     convention</a> the call should use.  If none is specified, the call defaults | 
 | 1507 |     to using C calling conventions. | 
 | 1508 |   </li> | 
 | 1509 |   <li>'<tt>ptr to function ty</tt>': shall be the signature of the pointer to | 
 | 1510 |   function value being invoked.  In most cases, this is a direct function | 
 | 1511 |   invocation, but indirect <tt>invoke</tt>s are just as possible, branching off | 
 | 1512 |   an arbitrary pointer to function value. | 
 | 1513 |   </li> | 
 | 1514 |  | 
 | 1515 |   <li>'<tt>function ptr val</tt>': An LLVM value containing a pointer to a | 
 | 1516 |   function to be invoked. </li> | 
 | 1517 |  | 
 | 1518 |   <li>'<tt>function args</tt>': argument list whose types match the function | 
 | 1519 |   signature argument types.  If the function signature indicates the function | 
 | 1520 |   accepts a variable number of arguments, the extra arguments can be | 
 | 1521 |   specified. </li> | 
 | 1522 |  | 
 | 1523 |   <li>'<tt>normal label</tt>': the label reached when the called function | 
 | 1524 |   executes a '<tt><a href="#i_ret">ret</a></tt>' instruction. </li> | 
 | 1525 |  | 
 | 1526 |   <li>'<tt>exception label</tt>': the label reached when a callee returns with | 
 | 1527 |   the <a href="#i_unwind"><tt>unwind</tt></a> instruction. </li> | 
 | 1528 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1529 | </ol> | 
| Chris Lattner | bad10ee | 2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1530 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1531 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | bad10ee | 2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1532 |  | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1533 | <p>This instruction is designed to operate as a standard '<tt><a | 
| Chris Lattner | bad10ee | 2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1534 | href="#i_call">call</a></tt>' instruction in most regards.  The primary | 
 | 1535 | difference is that it establishes an association with a label, which is used by | 
 | 1536 | the runtime library to unwind the stack.</p> | 
 | 1537 |  | 
 | 1538 | <p>This instruction is used in languages with destructors to ensure that proper | 
 | 1539 | cleanup is performed in the case of either a <tt>longjmp</tt> or a thrown | 
 | 1540 | exception.  Additionally, this is important for implementation of | 
 | 1541 | '<tt>catch</tt>' clauses in high-level languages that support them.</p> | 
 | 1542 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1543 | <h5>Example:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | bad10ee | 2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1544 | <pre> | 
 | 1545 |   %retval = invoke int %Test(int 15)             to label %Continue | 
| Chris Lattner | 76b8a33 | 2006-05-14 18:23:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1546 |               unwind label %TestCleanup     <i>; {int}:retval set</i> | 
| Chris Lattner | bad10ee | 2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1547 |   %retval = invoke <a href="#callingconv">coldcc</a> int %Test(int 15)             to label %Continue | 
| Chris Lattner | 76b8a33 | 2006-05-14 18:23:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1548 |               unwind label %TestCleanup     <i>; {int}:retval set</i> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1549 | </pre> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1550 | </div> | 
| Chris Lattner | 35eca58 | 2004-10-16 18:04:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1551 |  | 
 | 1552 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 27f71f2 | 2003-09-03 00:41:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1553 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
| Chris Lattner | 35eca58 | 2004-10-16 18:04:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1554 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1555 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_unwind">'<tt>unwind</tt>' | 
 | 1556 | Instruction</a> </div> | 
| Chris Lattner | 35eca58 | 2004-10-16 18:04:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1557 |  | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1558 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
| Chris Lattner | 35eca58 | 2004-10-16 18:04:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1559 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 27f71f2 | 2003-09-03 00:41:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1560 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 35eca58 | 2004-10-16 18:04:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1561 | <pre> | 
 | 1562 |   unwind | 
 | 1563 | </pre> | 
 | 1564 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 27f71f2 | 2003-09-03 00:41:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1565 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 35eca58 | 2004-10-16 18:04:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1566 |  | 
 | 1567 | <p>The '<tt>unwind</tt>' instruction unwinds the stack, continuing control flow | 
 | 1568 | at the first callee in the dynamic call stack which used an <a | 
 | 1569 | href="#i_invoke"><tt>invoke</tt></a> instruction to perform the call.  This is | 
 | 1570 | primarily used to implement exception handling.</p> | 
 | 1571 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 27f71f2 | 2003-09-03 00:41:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1572 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 35eca58 | 2004-10-16 18:04:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1573 |  | 
 | 1574 | <p>The '<tt>unwind</tt>' intrinsic causes execution of the current function to | 
 | 1575 | immediately halt.  The dynamic call stack is then searched for the first <a | 
 | 1576 | href="#i_invoke"><tt>invoke</tt></a> instruction on the call stack.  Once found, | 
 | 1577 | execution continues at the "exceptional" destination block specified by the | 
 | 1578 | <tt>invoke</tt> instruction.  If there is no <tt>invoke</tt> instruction in the | 
 | 1579 | dynamic call chain, undefined behavior results.</p> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1580 | </div> | 
| Chris Lattner | 35eca58 | 2004-10-16 18:04:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1581 |  | 
 | 1582 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
 | 1583 |  | 
 | 1584 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_unreachable">'<tt>unreachable</tt>' | 
 | 1585 | Instruction</a> </div> | 
 | 1586 |  | 
 | 1587 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
 | 1588 |  | 
 | 1589 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
 | 1590 | <pre> | 
 | 1591 |   unreachable | 
 | 1592 | </pre> | 
 | 1593 |  | 
 | 1594 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
 | 1595 |  | 
 | 1596 | <p>The '<tt>unreachable</tt>' instruction has no defined semantics.  This | 
 | 1597 | instruction is used to inform the optimizer that a particular portion of the | 
 | 1598 | code is not reachable.  This can be used to indicate that the code after a | 
 | 1599 | no-return function cannot be reached, and other facts.</p> | 
 | 1600 |  | 
 | 1601 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
 | 1602 |  | 
 | 1603 | <p>The '<tt>unreachable</tt>' instruction has no defined semantics.</p> | 
 | 1604 | </div> | 
 | 1605 |  | 
 | 1606 |  | 
 | 1607 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1608 | <!-- ======================================================================= --> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1609 | <div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="binaryops">Binary Operations</a> </div> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1610 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1611 | <p>Binary operators are used to do most of the computation in a | 
 | 1612 | program.  They require two operands, execute an operation on them, and | 
| John Criswell | 9e2485c | 2004-12-10 15:51:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1613 | produce a single value.  The operands might represent  | 
| Chris Lattner | a58561b | 2004-08-12 19:12:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1614 | multiple data, as is the case with the <a href="#t_packed">packed</a> data type.  | 
 | 1615 | The result value of a binary operator is not | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1616 | necessarily the same type as its operands.</p> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1617 | <p>There are several different binary operators:</p> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1618 | </div> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1619 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1620 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_add">'<tt>add</tt>' | 
 | 1621 | Instruction</a> </div> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1622 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1623 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1624 | <pre>  <result> = add <ty> <var1>, <var2>   <i>; yields {ty}:result</i> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1625 | </pre> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1626 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1627 | <p>The '<tt>add</tt>' instruction returns the sum of its two operands.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1628 | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1629 | <p>The two arguments to the '<tt>add</tt>' instruction must be either <a | 
| Chris Lattner | a58561b | 2004-08-12 19:12:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1630 |  href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> values. | 
 | 1631 |  This instruction can also take <a href="#t_packed">packed</a> versions of the values. | 
 | 1632 | Both arguments must have identical types.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1633 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1634 | <p>The value produced is the integer or floating point sum of the two | 
 | 1635 | operands.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1636 | <h5>Example:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1637 | <pre>  <result> = add int 4, %var          <i>; yields {int}:result = 4 + %var</i> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1638 | </pre> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1639 | </div> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1640 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1641 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_sub">'<tt>sub</tt>' | 
 | 1642 | Instruction</a> </div> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1643 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1644 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1645 | <pre>  <result> = sub <ty> <var1>, <var2>   <i>; yields {ty}:result</i> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1646 | </pre> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1647 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1648 | <p>The '<tt>sub</tt>' instruction returns the difference of its two | 
 | 1649 | operands.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1650 | <p>Note that the '<tt>sub</tt>' instruction is used to represent the '<tt>neg</tt>' | 
 | 1651 | instruction present in most other intermediate representations.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1652 | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1653 | <p>The two arguments to the '<tt>sub</tt>' instruction must be either <a | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1654 |  href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> | 
| Chris Lattner | a58561b | 2004-08-12 19:12:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1655 | values.  | 
 | 1656 | This instruction can also take <a href="#t_packed">packed</a> versions of the values. | 
 | 1657 | Both arguments must have identical types.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1658 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1659 | <p>The value produced is the integer or floating point difference of | 
 | 1660 | the two operands.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1661 | <h5>Example:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1662 | <pre>  <result> = sub int 4, %var          <i>; yields {int}:result = 4 - %var</i> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1663 |   <result> = sub int 0, %val          <i>; yields {int}:result = -%var</i> | 
 | 1664 | </pre> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1665 | </div> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1666 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1667 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_mul">'<tt>mul</tt>' | 
 | 1668 | Instruction</a> </div> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1669 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1670 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1671 | <pre>  <result> = mul <ty> <var1>, <var2>   <i>; yields {ty}:result</i> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1672 | </pre> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1673 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1674 | <p>The  '<tt>mul</tt>' instruction returns the product of its two | 
 | 1675 | operands.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1676 | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1677 | <p>The two arguments to the '<tt>mul</tt>' instruction must be either <a | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1678 |  href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> | 
| Chris Lattner | a58561b | 2004-08-12 19:12:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1679 | values.  | 
 | 1680 | This instruction can also take <a href="#t_packed">packed</a> versions of the values. | 
 | 1681 | Both arguments must have identical types.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1682 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1683 | <p>The value produced is the integer or floating point product of the | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1684 | two operands.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1685 | <p>There is no signed vs unsigned multiplication.  The appropriate | 
 | 1686 | action is taken based on the type of the operand.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1687 | <h5>Example:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1688 | <pre>  <result> = mul int 4, %var          <i>; yields {int}:result = 4 * %var</i> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1689 | </pre> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1690 | </div> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1691 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
| Reid Spencer | 1628cec | 2006-10-26 06:15:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1692 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_udiv">'<tt>udiv</tt>' Instruction | 
 | 1693 | </a></div> | 
 | 1694 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
 | 1695 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
 | 1696 | <pre>  <result> = udiv <ty> <var1>, <var2>   <i>; yields {ty}:result</i> | 
 | 1697 | </pre> | 
 | 1698 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
 | 1699 | <p>The '<tt>udiv</tt>' instruction returns the quotient of its two | 
 | 1700 | operands.</p> | 
 | 1701 | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
 | 1702 | <p>The two arguments to the '<tt>udiv</tt>' instruction must be  | 
 | 1703 | <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> values. Both arguments must have identical  | 
 | 1704 | types. This instruction can also take <a href="#t_packed">packed</a> versions  | 
 | 1705 | of the values in which case the elements must be integers.</p> | 
 | 1706 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
 | 1707 | <p>The value produced is the unsigned integer quotient of the two operands. This | 
 | 1708 | instruction always performs an unsigned division operation, regardless of  | 
 | 1709 | whether the arguments are unsigned or not.</p> | 
 | 1710 | <h5>Example:</h5> | 
 | 1711 | <pre>  <result> = udiv uint 4, %var          <i>; yields {uint}:result = 4 / %var</i> | 
 | 1712 | </pre> | 
 | 1713 | </div> | 
 | 1714 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
 | 1715 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_sdiv">'<tt>sdiv</tt>' Instruction | 
 | 1716 | </a> </div> | 
 | 1717 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
 | 1718 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
 | 1719 | <pre>  <result> = sdiv <ty> <var1>, <var2>   <i>; yields {ty}:result</i> | 
 | 1720 | </pre> | 
 | 1721 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
 | 1722 | <p>The '<tt>sdiv</tt>' instruction returns the quotient of its two | 
 | 1723 | operands.</p> | 
 | 1724 | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
 | 1725 | <p>The two arguments to the '<tt>sdiv</tt>' instruction must be | 
 | 1726 | <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> values.  Both arguments must have identical  | 
 | 1727 | types. This instruction can also take <a href="#t_packed">packed</a> versions  | 
 | 1728 | of the values in which case the elements must be integers.</p> | 
 | 1729 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
 | 1730 | <p>The value produced is the signed integer quotient of the two operands. This | 
 | 1731 | instruction always performs a signed division operation, regardless of whether | 
 | 1732 | the arguments are signed or not.</p> | 
 | 1733 | <h5>Example:</h5> | 
 | 1734 | <pre>  <result> = sdiv int 4, %var          <i>; yields {int}:result = 4 / %var</i> | 
 | 1735 | </pre> | 
 | 1736 | </div> | 
 | 1737 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
 | 1738 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_fdiv">'<tt>fdiv</tt>' | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1739 | Instruction</a> </div> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1740 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1741 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
| Reid Spencer | 1628cec | 2006-10-26 06:15:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1742 | <pre>  <result> = fdiv <ty> <var1>, <var2>   <i>; yields {ty}:result</i> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1743 | </pre> | 
 | 1744 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
| Reid Spencer | 1628cec | 2006-10-26 06:15:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1745 | <p>The '<tt>fdiv</tt>' instruction returns the quotient of its two | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1746 | operands.</p> | 
 | 1747 | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
| Reid Spencer | 1628cec | 2006-10-26 06:15:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1748 | <p>The two arguments to the '<tt>div</tt>' instruction must be | 
 | 1749 | <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> values.  Both arguments must have | 
 | 1750 | identical types.  This instruction can also take <a href="#t_packed">packed</a> | 
 | 1751 | versions of the values in which case the elements must be floating point.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1752 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
| Reid Spencer | 1628cec | 2006-10-26 06:15:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1753 | <p>The value produced is the floating point quotient of the two operands.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1754 | <h5>Example:</h5> | 
| Reid Spencer | 1628cec | 2006-10-26 06:15:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1755 | <pre>  <result> = fdiv float 4.0, %var          <i>; yields {float}:result = 4.0 / %var</i> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1756 | </pre> | 
 | 1757 | </div> | 
 | 1758 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
| Reid Spencer | 0a783f7 | 2006-11-02 01:53:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1759 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_urem">'<tt>urem</tt>' Instruction</a> | 
 | 1760 | </div> | 
 | 1761 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
 | 1762 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
 | 1763 | <pre>  <result> = urem <ty> <var1>, <var2>   <i>; yields {ty}:result</i> | 
 | 1764 | </pre> | 
 | 1765 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
 | 1766 | <p>The '<tt>urem</tt>' instruction returns the remainder from the | 
 | 1767 | unsigned division of its two arguments.</p> | 
 | 1768 | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
 | 1769 | <p>The two arguments to the '<tt>urem</tt>' instruction must be | 
 | 1770 | <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> values. Both arguments must have identical | 
 | 1771 | types.</p> | 
 | 1772 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
 | 1773 | <p>This instruction returns the unsigned integer <i>remainder</i> of a division. | 
 | 1774 | This instruction always performs an unsigned division to get the remainder, | 
 | 1775 | regardless of whether the arguments are unsigned or not.</p> | 
 | 1776 | <h5>Example:</h5> | 
 | 1777 | <pre>  <result> = urem uint 4, %var          <i>; yields {uint}:result = 4 % %var</i> | 
 | 1778 | </pre> | 
 | 1779 |  | 
 | 1780 | </div> | 
 | 1781 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
 | 1782 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_srem">'<tt>srem</tt>' | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1783 | Instruction</a> </div> | 
 | 1784 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
 | 1785 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
| Reid Spencer | 0a783f7 | 2006-11-02 01:53:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1786 | <pre>  <result> = srem <ty> <var1>, <var2>   <i>; yields {ty}:result</i> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1787 | </pre> | 
 | 1788 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
| Reid Spencer | 0a783f7 | 2006-11-02 01:53:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1789 | <p>The '<tt>srem</tt>' instruction returns the remainder from the | 
 | 1790 | signed division of its two operands.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1791 | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
| Reid Spencer | 0a783f7 | 2006-11-02 01:53:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1792 | <p>The two arguments to the '<tt>srem</tt>' instruction must be  | 
 | 1793 | <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> values.  Both arguments must have identical  | 
 | 1794 | types.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1795 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
| Reid Spencer | 0a783f7 | 2006-11-02 01:53:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1796 | <p>This instruction returns the <i>remainder</i> of a division (where the result | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1797 | has the same sign as the divisor), not the <i>modulus</i> (where the | 
 | 1798 | result has the same sign as the dividend) of a value.  For more | 
| John Criswell | 0ec250c | 2005-10-24 16:17:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1799 | information about the difference, see <a | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1800 |  href="http://mathforum.org/dr.math/problems/anne.4.28.99.html">The | 
 | 1801 | Math Forum</a>.</p> | 
 | 1802 | <h5>Example:</h5> | 
| Reid Spencer | 0a783f7 | 2006-11-02 01:53:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1803 | <pre>  <result> = srem int 4, %var          <i>; yields {int}:result = 4 % %var</i> | 
 | 1804 | </pre> | 
 | 1805 |  | 
 | 1806 | </div> | 
 | 1807 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
 | 1808 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_frem">'<tt>frem</tt>' | 
 | 1809 | Instruction</a> </div> | 
 | 1810 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
 | 1811 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
 | 1812 | <pre>  <result> = frem <ty> <var1>, <var2>   <i>; yields {ty}:result</i> | 
 | 1813 | </pre> | 
 | 1814 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
 | 1815 | <p>The '<tt>frem</tt>' instruction returns the remainder from the | 
 | 1816 | division of its two operands.</p> | 
 | 1817 | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
 | 1818 | <p>The two arguments to the '<tt>frem</tt>' instruction must be | 
 | 1819 | <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> values.  Both arguments must have  | 
 | 1820 | identical types.</p> | 
 | 1821 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
 | 1822 | <p>This instruction returns the <i>remainder</i> of a division.</p> | 
 | 1823 | <h5>Example:</h5> | 
 | 1824 | <pre>  <result> = frem float 4.0, %var          <i>; yields {float}:result = 4.0 % %var</i> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1825 | </pre> | 
| Robert Bocchino | 7b81c75 | 2006-02-17 21:18:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1826 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1827 | </div> | 
 | 1828 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
 | 1829 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_setcc">'<tt>set<i>cc</i></tt>' | 
 | 1830 | Instructions</a> </div> | 
 | 1831 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
 | 1832 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
 | 1833 | <pre>  <result> = seteq <ty> <var1>, <var2>   <i>; yields {bool}:result</i> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1834 |   <result> = setne <ty> <var1>, <var2>   <i>; yields {bool}:result</i> | 
 | 1835 |   <result> = setlt <ty> <var1>, <var2>   <i>; yields {bool}:result</i> | 
 | 1836 |   <result> = setgt <ty> <var1>, <var2>   <i>; yields {bool}:result</i> | 
 | 1837 |   <result> = setle <ty> <var1>, <var2>   <i>; yields {bool}:result</i> | 
 | 1838 |   <result> = setge <ty> <var1>, <var2>   <i>; yields {bool}:result</i> | 
 | 1839 | </pre> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1840 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
 | 1841 | <p>The '<tt>set<i>cc</i></tt>' family of instructions returns a boolean | 
 | 1842 | value based on a comparison of their two operands.</p> | 
 | 1843 | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
 | 1844 | <p>The two arguments to the '<tt>set<i>cc</i></tt>' instructions must | 
 | 1845 | be of <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type (it is not possible | 
 | 1846 | to compare '<tt>label</tt>'s, '<tt>array</tt>'s, '<tt>structure</tt>' | 
 | 1847 | or '<tt>void</tt>' values, etc...).  Both arguments must have identical | 
 | 1848 | types.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1849 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1850 | <p>The '<tt>seteq</tt>' instruction yields a <tt>true</tt> '<tt>bool</tt>' | 
 | 1851 | value if both operands are equal.<br> | 
 | 1852 | The '<tt>setne</tt>' instruction yields a <tt>true</tt> '<tt>bool</tt>' | 
 | 1853 | value if both operands are unequal.<br> | 
 | 1854 | The '<tt>setlt</tt>' instruction yields a <tt>true</tt> '<tt>bool</tt>' | 
 | 1855 | value if the first operand is less than the second operand.<br> | 
 | 1856 | The '<tt>setgt</tt>' instruction yields a <tt>true</tt> '<tt>bool</tt>' | 
 | 1857 | value if the first operand is greater than the second operand.<br> | 
 | 1858 | The '<tt>setle</tt>' instruction yields a <tt>true</tt> '<tt>bool</tt>' | 
 | 1859 | value if the first operand is less than or equal to the second operand.<br> | 
 | 1860 | The '<tt>setge</tt>' instruction yields a <tt>true</tt> '<tt>bool</tt>' | 
 | 1861 | value if the first operand is greater than or equal to the second | 
 | 1862 | operand.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1863 | <h5>Example:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1864 | <pre>  <result> = seteq int   4, 5        <i>; yields {bool}:result = false</i> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1865 |   <result> = setne float 4, 5        <i>; yields {bool}:result = true</i> | 
 | 1866 |   <result> = setlt uint  4, 5        <i>; yields {bool}:result = true</i> | 
 | 1867 |   <result> = setgt sbyte 4, 5        <i>; yields {bool}:result = false</i> | 
 | 1868 |   <result> = setle sbyte 4, 5        <i>; yields {bool}:result = true</i> | 
 | 1869 |   <result> = setge sbyte 4, 5        <i>; yields {bool}:result = false</i> | 
 | 1870 | </pre> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1871 | </div> | 
| Robert Bocchino | 7b81c75 | 2006-02-17 21:18:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1872 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1873 | <!-- ======================================================================= --> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1874 | <div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="bitwiseops">Bitwise Binary | 
 | 1875 | Operations</a> </div> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1876 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1877 | <p>Bitwise binary operators are used to do various forms of | 
 | 1878 | bit-twiddling in a program.  They are generally very efficient | 
| John Criswell | 9e2485c | 2004-12-10 15:51:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1879 | instructions and can commonly be strength reduced from other | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1880 | instructions.  They require two operands, execute an operation on them, | 
 | 1881 | and produce a single value.  The resulting value of the bitwise binary | 
 | 1882 | operators is always the same type as its first operand.</p> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1883 | </div> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1884 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1885 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_and">'<tt>and</tt>' | 
 | 1886 | Instruction</a> </div> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1887 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1888 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1889 | <pre>  <result> = and <ty> <var1>, <var2>   <i>; yields {ty}:result</i> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1890 | </pre> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1891 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1892 | <p>The '<tt>and</tt>' instruction returns the bitwise logical and of | 
 | 1893 | its two operands.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1894 | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1895 | <p>The two arguments to the '<tt>and</tt>' instruction must be <a | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1896 |  href="#t_integral">integral</a> values.  Both arguments must have | 
 | 1897 | identical types.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1898 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1899 | <p>The truth table used for the '<tt>and</tt>' instruction is:</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1900 | <p> </p> | 
| Misha Brukman | daa4cb0 | 2004-03-01 17:47:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1901 | <div style="align: center"> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1902 | <table border="1" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4"> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1903 |   <tbody> | 
 | 1904 |     <tr> | 
 | 1905 |       <td>In0</td> | 
 | 1906 |       <td>In1</td> | 
 | 1907 |       <td>Out</td> | 
 | 1908 |     </tr> | 
 | 1909 |     <tr> | 
 | 1910 |       <td>0</td> | 
 | 1911 |       <td>0</td> | 
 | 1912 |       <td>0</td> | 
 | 1913 |     </tr> | 
 | 1914 |     <tr> | 
 | 1915 |       <td>0</td> | 
 | 1916 |       <td>1</td> | 
 | 1917 |       <td>0</td> | 
 | 1918 |     </tr> | 
 | 1919 |     <tr> | 
 | 1920 |       <td>1</td> | 
 | 1921 |       <td>0</td> | 
 | 1922 |       <td>0</td> | 
 | 1923 |     </tr> | 
 | 1924 |     <tr> | 
 | 1925 |       <td>1</td> | 
 | 1926 |       <td>1</td> | 
 | 1927 |       <td>1</td> | 
 | 1928 |     </tr> | 
 | 1929 |   </tbody> | 
 | 1930 | </table> | 
| Misha Brukman | daa4cb0 | 2004-03-01 17:47:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1931 | </div> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1932 | <h5>Example:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1933 | <pre>  <result> = and int 4, %var         <i>; yields {int}:result = 4 & %var</i> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1934 |   <result> = and int 15, 40          <i>; yields {int}:result = 8</i> | 
 | 1935 |   <result> = and int 4, 8            <i>; yields {int}:result = 0</i> | 
 | 1936 | </pre> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1937 | </div> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1938 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1939 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_or">'<tt>or</tt>' Instruction</a> </div> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1940 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1941 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1942 | <pre>  <result> = or <ty> <var1>, <var2>   <i>; yields {ty}:result</i> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1943 | </pre> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1944 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
 | 1945 | <p>The '<tt>or</tt>' instruction returns the bitwise logical inclusive | 
 | 1946 | or of its two operands.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1947 | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1948 | <p>The two arguments to the '<tt>or</tt>' instruction must be <a | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1949 |  href="#t_integral">integral</a> values.  Both arguments must have | 
 | 1950 | identical types.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1951 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1952 | <p>The truth table used for the '<tt>or</tt>' instruction is:</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1953 | <p> </p> | 
| Misha Brukman | daa4cb0 | 2004-03-01 17:47:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1954 | <div style="align: center"> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1955 | <table border="1" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4"> | 
 | 1956 |   <tbody> | 
 | 1957 |     <tr> | 
 | 1958 |       <td>In0</td> | 
 | 1959 |       <td>In1</td> | 
 | 1960 |       <td>Out</td> | 
 | 1961 |     </tr> | 
 | 1962 |     <tr> | 
 | 1963 |       <td>0</td> | 
 | 1964 |       <td>0</td> | 
 | 1965 |       <td>0</td> | 
 | 1966 |     </tr> | 
 | 1967 |     <tr> | 
 | 1968 |       <td>0</td> | 
 | 1969 |       <td>1</td> | 
 | 1970 |       <td>1</td> | 
 | 1971 |     </tr> | 
 | 1972 |     <tr> | 
 | 1973 |       <td>1</td> | 
 | 1974 |       <td>0</td> | 
 | 1975 |       <td>1</td> | 
 | 1976 |     </tr> | 
 | 1977 |     <tr> | 
 | 1978 |       <td>1</td> | 
 | 1979 |       <td>1</td> | 
 | 1980 |       <td>1</td> | 
 | 1981 |     </tr> | 
 | 1982 |   </tbody> | 
 | 1983 | </table> | 
| Misha Brukman | daa4cb0 | 2004-03-01 17:47:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1984 | </div> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1985 | <h5>Example:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1986 | <pre>  <result> = or int 4, %var         <i>; yields {int}:result = 4 | %var</i> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1987 |   <result> = or int 15, 40          <i>; yields {int}:result = 47</i> | 
 | 1988 |   <result> = or int 4, 8            <i>; yields {int}:result = 12</i> | 
 | 1989 | </pre> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1990 | </div> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1991 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1992 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_xor">'<tt>xor</tt>' | 
 | 1993 | Instruction</a> </div> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1994 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1995 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1996 | <pre>  <result> = xor <ty> <var1>, <var2>   <i>; yields {ty}:result</i> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1997 | </pre> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1998 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1999 | <p>The '<tt>xor</tt>' instruction returns the bitwise logical exclusive | 
 | 2000 | or of its two operands.  The <tt>xor</tt> is used to implement the | 
 | 2001 | "one's complement" operation, which is the "~" operator in C.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2002 | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2003 | <p>The two arguments to the '<tt>xor</tt>' instruction must be <a | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2004 |  href="#t_integral">integral</a> values.  Both arguments must have | 
 | 2005 | identical types.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2006 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2007 | <p>The truth table used for the '<tt>xor</tt>' instruction is:</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2008 | <p> </p> | 
| Misha Brukman | daa4cb0 | 2004-03-01 17:47:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2009 | <div style="align: center"> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2010 | <table border="1" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4"> | 
 | 2011 |   <tbody> | 
 | 2012 |     <tr> | 
 | 2013 |       <td>In0</td> | 
 | 2014 |       <td>In1</td> | 
 | 2015 |       <td>Out</td> | 
 | 2016 |     </tr> | 
 | 2017 |     <tr> | 
 | 2018 |       <td>0</td> | 
 | 2019 |       <td>0</td> | 
 | 2020 |       <td>0</td> | 
 | 2021 |     </tr> | 
 | 2022 |     <tr> | 
 | 2023 |       <td>0</td> | 
 | 2024 |       <td>1</td> | 
 | 2025 |       <td>1</td> | 
 | 2026 |     </tr> | 
 | 2027 |     <tr> | 
 | 2028 |       <td>1</td> | 
 | 2029 |       <td>0</td> | 
 | 2030 |       <td>1</td> | 
 | 2031 |     </tr> | 
 | 2032 |     <tr> | 
 | 2033 |       <td>1</td> | 
 | 2034 |       <td>1</td> | 
 | 2035 |       <td>0</td> | 
 | 2036 |     </tr> | 
 | 2037 |   </tbody> | 
 | 2038 | </table> | 
| Misha Brukman | daa4cb0 | 2004-03-01 17:47:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2039 | </div> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2040 | <p> </p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2041 | <h5>Example:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2042 | <pre>  <result> = xor int 4, %var         <i>; yields {int}:result = 4 ^ %var</i> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2043 |   <result> = xor int 15, 40          <i>; yields {int}:result = 39</i> | 
 | 2044 |   <result> = xor int 4, 8            <i>; yields {int}:result = 12</i> | 
| Chris Lattner | 27f71f2 | 2003-09-03 00:41:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2045 |   <result> = xor int %V, -1          <i>; yields {int}:result = ~%V</i> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2046 | </pre> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2047 | </div> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2048 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2049 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_shl">'<tt>shl</tt>' | 
 | 2050 | Instruction</a> </div> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2051 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2052 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2053 | <pre>  <result> = shl <ty> <var1>, ubyte <var2>   <i>; yields {ty}:result</i> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2054 | </pre> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2055 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2056 | <p>The '<tt>shl</tt>' instruction returns the first operand shifted to | 
 | 2057 | the left a specified number of bits.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2058 | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2059 | <p>The first argument to the '<tt>shl</tt>' instruction must be an <a | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2060 |  href="#t_integer">integer</a> type.  The second argument must be an '<tt>ubyte</tt>' | 
 | 2061 | type.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2062 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2063 | <p>The value produced is <tt>var1</tt> * 2<sup><tt>var2</tt></sup>.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2064 | <h5>Example:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2065 | <pre>  <result> = shl int 4, ubyte %var   <i>; yields {int}:result = 4 << %var</i> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2066 |   <result> = shl int 4, ubyte 2      <i>; yields {int}:result = 16</i> | 
 | 2067 |   <result> = shl int 1, ubyte 10     <i>; yields {int}:result = 1024</i> | 
 | 2068 | </pre> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2069 | </div> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2070 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
| Reid Spencer | 3822ff5 | 2006-11-08 06:47:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2071 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_lshr">'<tt>lshr</tt>' | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2072 | Instruction</a> </div> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2073 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2074 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
| Reid Spencer | 3822ff5 | 2006-11-08 06:47:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2075 | <pre>  <result> = lshr <ty> <var1>, ubyte <var2>   <i>; yields {ty}:result</i> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2076 | </pre> | 
| Reid Spencer | 3822ff5 | 2006-11-08 06:47:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2077 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2078 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
| Reid Spencer | 3822ff5 | 2006-11-08 06:47:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2079 | <p>The '<tt>lshr</tt>' instruction (logical shift right) returns the first  | 
 | 2080 | operand shifted to the right a specified number of bits.</p> | 
 | 2081 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2082 | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
| Reid Spencer | 3822ff5 | 2006-11-08 06:47:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2083 | <p>The first argument to the '<tt>lshr</tt>' instruction must be an <a | 
 | 2084 |  href="#t_integer">integer</a> type.  The second argument must be an '<tt>ubyte</tt>' type.</p> | 
 | 2085 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2086 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
| Reid Spencer | 3822ff5 | 2006-11-08 06:47:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2087 | <p>This instruction always performs a logical shift right operation, regardless | 
 | 2088 | of whether the arguments are unsigned or not. The <tt>var2</tt> most significant | 
 | 2089 | bits will be filled with zero bits after the shift.</p> | 
 | 2090 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2091 | <h5>Example:</h5> | 
| Reid Spencer | 3822ff5 | 2006-11-08 06:47:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2092 | <pre> | 
 | 2093 |   <result> = lshr uint 4, ubyte 1   <i>; yields {uint}:result = 2</i> | 
 | 2094 |   <result> = lshr int 4, ubyte 2    <i>; yields {uint}:result = 1</i> | 
 | 2095 |   <result> = lshr sbyte 4, ubyte 3  <i>; yields {sbyte}:result = 0</i> | 
 | 2096 |   <result> = lshr sbyte -2, ubyte 1 <i>; yields {sbyte}:result = 0x7FFFFFFF </i> | 
 | 2097 | </pre> | 
 | 2098 | </div> | 
 | 2099 |  | 
 | 2100 | <!-- ======================================================================= --> | 
 | 2101 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_ashr">'<tt>ashr</tt>' | 
 | 2102 | Instruction</a> </div> | 
 | 2103 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
 | 2104 |  | 
 | 2105 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
 | 2106 | <pre>  <result> = ashr <ty> <var1>, ubyte <var2>   <i>; yields {ty}:result</i> | 
 | 2107 | </pre> | 
 | 2108 |  | 
 | 2109 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
 | 2110 | <p>The '<tt>ashr</tt>' instruction (arithmetic shift right) returns the first  | 
 | 2111 | operand shifted to the right a specified number of bits.</p> | 
 | 2112 |  | 
 | 2113 | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
 | 2114 | <p>The first argument to the '<tt>ashr</tt>' instruction must be an  | 
 | 2115 | <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> type.  The second argument must be an | 
 | 2116 | '<tt>ubyte</tt>' type.</p> | 
 | 2117 |  | 
 | 2118 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
 | 2119 | <p>This instruction always performs an arithmetic shift right operation,  | 
 | 2120 | regardless of whether the arguments are signed or not. The <tt>var2</tt> most | 
 | 2121 | significant bits will be filled with the sign bit of <tt>var1</tt>.</p> | 
 | 2122 |  | 
 | 2123 | <h5>Example:</h5> | 
 | 2124 | <pre> | 
 | 2125 |   <result> = ashr uint 4, ubyte 1    <i>; yields {uint}:result = 2</i> | 
 | 2126 |   <result> = ashr int 4, ubyte 2      <i>; yields {int}:result = 1</i> | 
 | 2127 |   <result> = ashr ubyte 4, ubyte 3    <i>; yields {ubyte}:result = 0</i> | 
 | 2128 |   <result> = ashr sbyte -2, ubyte 1   <i>; yields {sbyte}:result = -1</i> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2129 | </pre> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2130 | </div> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2cbdc45 | 2005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2131 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2132 | <!-- ======================================================================= --> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2cbdc45 | 2005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2133 | <div class="doc_subsection">  | 
| Chris Lattner | 3df241e | 2006-04-08 23:07:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2134 |   <a name="vectorops">Vector Operations</a> | 
 | 2135 | </div> | 
 | 2136 |  | 
 | 2137 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
 | 2138 |  | 
 | 2139 | <p>LLVM supports several instructions to represent vector operations in a | 
 | 2140 | target-independent manner.  This instructions cover the element-access and | 
 | 2141 | vector-specific operations needed to process vectors effectively.  While LLVM | 
 | 2142 | does directly support these vector operations, many sophisticated algorithms | 
 | 2143 | will want to use target-specific intrinsics to take full advantage of a specific | 
 | 2144 | target.</p> | 
 | 2145 |  | 
 | 2146 | </div> | 
 | 2147 |  | 
 | 2148 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
 | 2149 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
 | 2150 |    <a name="i_extractelement">'<tt>extractelement</tt>' Instruction</a> | 
 | 2151 | </div> | 
 | 2152 |  | 
 | 2153 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
 | 2154 |  | 
 | 2155 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
 | 2156 |  | 
 | 2157 | <pre> | 
 | 2158 |   <result> = extractelement <n x <ty>> <val>, uint <idx>    <i>; yields <ty></i> | 
 | 2159 | </pre> | 
 | 2160 |  | 
 | 2161 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
 | 2162 |  | 
 | 2163 | <p> | 
 | 2164 | The '<tt>extractelement</tt>' instruction extracts a single scalar | 
 | 2165 | element from a packed vector at a specified index. | 
 | 2166 | </p> | 
 | 2167 |  | 
 | 2168 |  | 
 | 2169 | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
 | 2170 |  | 
 | 2171 | <p> | 
 | 2172 | The first operand of an '<tt>extractelement</tt>' instruction is a | 
 | 2173 | value of <a href="#t_packed">packed</a> type.  The second operand is | 
 | 2174 | an index indicating the position from which to extract the element. | 
 | 2175 | The index may be a variable.</p> | 
 | 2176 |  | 
 | 2177 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
 | 2178 |  | 
 | 2179 | <p> | 
 | 2180 | The result is a scalar of the same type as the element type of | 
 | 2181 | <tt>val</tt>.  Its value is the value at position <tt>idx</tt> of | 
 | 2182 | <tt>val</tt>.  If <tt>idx</tt> exceeds the length of <tt>val</tt>, the | 
 | 2183 | results are undefined. | 
 | 2184 | </p> | 
 | 2185 |  | 
 | 2186 | <h5>Example:</h5> | 
 | 2187 |  | 
 | 2188 | <pre> | 
 | 2189 |   %result = extractelement <4 x int> %vec, uint 0    <i>; yields int</i> | 
 | 2190 | </pre> | 
 | 2191 | </div> | 
 | 2192 |  | 
 | 2193 |  | 
 | 2194 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
 | 2195 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
 | 2196 |    <a name="i_insertelement">'<tt>insertelement</tt>' Instruction</a> | 
 | 2197 | </div> | 
 | 2198 |  | 
 | 2199 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
 | 2200 |  | 
 | 2201 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
 | 2202 |  | 
 | 2203 | <pre> | 
 | 2204 |   <result> = insertelement <n x <ty>> <val>, <ty> <elt>, uint <idx>    <i>; yields <n x <ty>></i> | 
 | 2205 | </pre> | 
 | 2206 |  | 
 | 2207 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
 | 2208 |  | 
 | 2209 | <p> | 
 | 2210 | The '<tt>insertelement</tt>' instruction inserts a scalar | 
 | 2211 | element into a packed vector at a specified index. | 
 | 2212 | </p> | 
 | 2213 |  | 
 | 2214 |  | 
 | 2215 | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
 | 2216 |  | 
 | 2217 | <p> | 
 | 2218 | The first operand of an '<tt>insertelement</tt>' instruction is a | 
 | 2219 | value of <a href="#t_packed">packed</a> type.  The second operand is a | 
 | 2220 | scalar value whose type must equal the element type of the first | 
 | 2221 | operand.  The third operand is an index indicating the position at | 
 | 2222 | which to insert the value.  The index may be a variable.</p> | 
 | 2223 |  | 
 | 2224 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
 | 2225 |  | 
 | 2226 | <p> | 
 | 2227 | The result is a packed vector of the same type as <tt>val</tt>.  Its | 
 | 2228 | element values are those of <tt>val</tt> except at position | 
 | 2229 | <tt>idx</tt>, where it gets the value <tt>elt</tt>.  If <tt>idx</tt> | 
 | 2230 | exceeds the length of <tt>val</tt>, the results are undefined. | 
 | 2231 | </p> | 
 | 2232 |  | 
 | 2233 | <h5>Example:</h5> | 
 | 2234 |  | 
 | 2235 | <pre> | 
 | 2236 |   %result = insertelement <4 x int> %vec, int 1, uint 0    <i>; yields <4 x int></i> | 
 | 2237 | </pre> | 
 | 2238 | </div> | 
 | 2239 |  | 
 | 2240 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
 | 2241 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
 | 2242 |    <a name="i_shufflevector">'<tt>shufflevector</tt>' Instruction</a> | 
 | 2243 | </div> | 
 | 2244 |  | 
 | 2245 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
 | 2246 |  | 
 | 2247 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
 | 2248 |  | 
 | 2249 | <pre> | 
 | 2250 |   <result> = shufflevector <n x <ty>> <v1>, <n x <ty>> <v2>, <n x uint> <mask>    <i>; yields <n x <ty>></i> | 
 | 2251 | </pre> | 
 | 2252 |  | 
 | 2253 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
 | 2254 |  | 
 | 2255 | <p> | 
 | 2256 | The '<tt>shufflevector</tt>' instruction constructs a permutation of elements | 
 | 2257 | from two input vectors, returning a vector of the same type. | 
 | 2258 | </p> | 
 | 2259 |  | 
 | 2260 | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
 | 2261 |  | 
 | 2262 | <p> | 
 | 2263 | The first two operands of a '<tt>shufflevector</tt>' instruction are vectors | 
 | 2264 | with types that match each other and types that match the result of the | 
 | 2265 | instruction.  The third argument is a shuffle mask, which has the same number | 
 | 2266 | of elements as the other vector type, but whose element type is always 'uint'. | 
 | 2267 | </p> | 
 | 2268 |  | 
 | 2269 | <p> | 
 | 2270 | The shuffle mask operand is required to be a constant vector with either | 
 | 2271 | constant integer or undef values. | 
 | 2272 | </p> | 
 | 2273 |  | 
 | 2274 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
 | 2275 |  | 
 | 2276 | <p> | 
 | 2277 | The elements of the two input vectors are numbered from left to right across | 
 | 2278 | both of the vectors.  The shuffle mask operand specifies, for each element of | 
 | 2279 | the result vector, which element of the two input registers the result element | 
 | 2280 | gets.  The element selector may be undef (meaning "don't care") and the second | 
 | 2281 | operand may be undef if performing a shuffle from only one vector. | 
 | 2282 | </p> | 
 | 2283 |  | 
 | 2284 | <h5>Example:</h5> | 
 | 2285 |  | 
 | 2286 | <pre> | 
 | 2287 |   %result = shufflevector <4 x int> %v1, <4 x int> %v2,  | 
 | 2288 |                           <4 x uint> <uint 0, uint 4, uint 1, uint 5>    <i>; yields <4 x int></i> | 
 | 2289 |   %result = shufflevector <4 x int> %v1, <4 x int> undef,  | 
 | 2290 |                           <4 x uint> <uint 0, uint 1, uint 2, uint 3>  <i>; yields <4 x int></i> - Identity shuffle. | 
 | 2291 | </pre> | 
 | 2292 | </div> | 
 | 2293 |  | 
| Tanya Lattner | 0947429 | 2006-04-14 19:24:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2294 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 3df241e | 2006-04-08 23:07:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2295 | <!-- ======================================================================= --> | 
 | 2296 | <div class="doc_subsection">  | 
| Chris Lattner | 884a970 | 2006-08-15 00:45:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2297 |   <a name="memoryops">Memory Access and Addressing Operations</a> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2cbdc45 | 2005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2298 | </div> | 
 | 2299 |  | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2300 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2cbdc45 | 2005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2301 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2302 | <p>A key design point of an SSA-based representation is how it | 
 | 2303 | represents memory.  In LLVM, no memory locations are in SSA form, which | 
 | 2304 | makes things very simple.  This section describes how to read, write, | 
| John Criswell | 9e2485c | 2004-12-10 15:51:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2305 | allocate, and free memory in LLVM.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2cbdc45 | 2005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2306 |  | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2307 | </div> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2cbdc45 | 2005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2308 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2309 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2cbdc45 | 2005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2310 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
 | 2311 |   <a name="i_malloc">'<tt>malloc</tt>' Instruction</a> | 
 | 2312 | </div> | 
 | 2313 |  | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2314 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2cbdc45 | 2005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2315 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2316 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2cbdc45 | 2005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2317 |  | 
 | 2318 | <pre> | 
 | 2319 |   <result> = malloc <type>[, uint <NumElements>][, align <alignment>]     <i>; yields {type*}:result</i> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2320 | </pre> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2cbdc45 | 2005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2321 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2322 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2cbdc45 | 2005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2323 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2324 | <p>The '<tt>malloc</tt>' instruction allocates memory from the system | 
 | 2325 | heap and returns a pointer to it.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2cbdc45 | 2005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2326 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2327 | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2cbdc45 | 2005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2328 |  | 
 | 2329 | <p>The '<tt>malloc</tt>' instruction allocates | 
 | 2330 | <tt>sizeof(<type>)*NumElements</tt> | 
| John Criswell | 6e4ca61 | 2004-02-24 16:13:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2331 | bytes of memory from the operating system and returns a pointer of the | 
| Chris Lattner | 2cbdc45 | 2005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2332 | appropriate type to the program.  If "NumElements" is specified, it is the | 
 | 2333 | number of elements allocated.  If an alignment is specified, the value result | 
 | 2334 | of the allocation is guaranteed to be aligned to at least that boundary.  If | 
 | 2335 | not specified, or if zero, the target can choose to align the allocation on any | 
 | 2336 | convenient boundary.</p> | 
 | 2337 |  | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2338 | <p>'<tt>type</tt>' must be a sized type.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2cbdc45 | 2005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2339 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2340 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2cbdc45 | 2005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2341 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2342 | <p>Memory is allocated using the system "<tt>malloc</tt>" function, and | 
 | 2343 | a pointer is returned.</p> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2344 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 2cbdc45 | 2005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2345 | <h5>Example:</h5> | 
 | 2346 |  | 
 | 2347 | <pre> | 
 | 2348 |   %array  = malloc [4 x ubyte ]                    <i>; yields {[%4 x ubyte]*}:array</i> | 
 | 2349 |  | 
 | 2350 |   %size   = <a href="#i_add">add</a> uint 2, 2                          <i>; yields {uint}:size = uint 4</i> | 
| Chris Lattner | 7faa883 | 2002-04-14 06:13:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2351 |   %array1 = malloc ubyte, uint 4                   <i>; yields {ubyte*}:array1</i> | 
 | 2352 |   %array2 = malloc [12 x ubyte], uint %size        <i>; yields {[12 x ubyte]*}:array2</i> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2cbdc45 | 2005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2353 |   %array3 = malloc int, uint 4, align 1024         <i>; yields {int*}:array3</i> | 
 | 2354 |   %array4 = malloc int, align 1024                 <i>; yields {int*}:array4</i> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2355 | </pre> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2356 | </div> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2cbdc45 | 2005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2357 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2358 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2cbdc45 | 2005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2359 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
 | 2360 |   <a name="i_free">'<tt>free</tt>' Instruction</a> | 
 | 2361 | </div> | 
 | 2362 |  | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2363 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2cbdc45 | 2005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2364 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2365 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2cbdc45 | 2005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2366 |  | 
 | 2367 | <pre> | 
 | 2368 |   free <type> <value>                              <i>; yields {void}</i> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2369 | </pre> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2cbdc45 | 2005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2370 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2371 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2cbdc45 | 2005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2372 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2373 | <p>The '<tt>free</tt>' instruction returns memory back to the unused | 
| John Criswell | c1f786c | 2005-05-13 22:25:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2374 | memory heap to be reallocated in the future.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2cbdc45 | 2005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2375 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2376 | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2cbdc45 | 2005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2377 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2378 | <p>'<tt>value</tt>' shall be a pointer value that points to a value | 
 | 2379 | that was allocated with the '<tt><a href="#i_malloc">malloc</a></tt>' | 
 | 2380 | instruction.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2cbdc45 | 2005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2381 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2382 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2cbdc45 | 2005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2383 |  | 
| John Criswell | 9e2485c | 2004-12-10 15:51:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2384 | <p>Access to the memory pointed to by the pointer is no longer defined | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2385 | after this instruction executes.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2cbdc45 | 2005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2386 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2387 | <h5>Example:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2cbdc45 | 2005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2388 |  | 
 | 2389 | <pre> | 
 | 2390 |   %array  = <a href="#i_malloc">malloc</a> [4 x ubyte]                    <i>; yields {[4 x ubyte]*}:array</i> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2391 |             free   [4 x ubyte]* %array | 
 | 2392 | </pre> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2393 | </div> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2cbdc45 | 2005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2394 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2395 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2cbdc45 | 2005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2396 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
 | 2397 |   <a name="i_alloca">'<tt>alloca</tt>' Instruction</a> | 
 | 2398 | </div> | 
 | 2399 |  | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2400 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2cbdc45 | 2005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2401 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2402 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2cbdc45 | 2005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2403 |  | 
 | 2404 | <pre> | 
 | 2405 |   <result> = alloca <type>[, uint <NumElements>][, align <alignment>]     <i>; yields {type*}:result</i> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2406 | </pre> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2cbdc45 | 2005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2407 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2408 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2cbdc45 | 2005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2409 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2410 | <p>The '<tt>alloca</tt>' instruction allocates memory on the current | 
 | 2411 | stack frame of the procedure that is live until the current function | 
 | 2412 | returns to its caller.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2cbdc45 | 2005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2413 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2414 | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2cbdc45 | 2005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2415 |  | 
| John Criswell | 9e2485c | 2004-12-10 15:51:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2416 | <p>The '<tt>alloca</tt>' instruction allocates <tt>sizeof(<type>)*NumElements</tt> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2417 | bytes of memory on the runtime stack, returning a pointer of the | 
| Chris Lattner | 2cbdc45 | 2005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2418 | appropriate type to the program.    If "NumElements" is specified, it is the | 
 | 2419 | number of elements allocated.  If an alignment is specified, the value result | 
 | 2420 | of the allocation is guaranteed to be aligned to at least that boundary.  If | 
 | 2421 | not specified, or if zero, the target can choose to align the allocation on any | 
 | 2422 | convenient boundary.</p> | 
 | 2423 |  | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2424 | <p>'<tt>type</tt>' may be any sized type.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2cbdc45 | 2005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2425 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2426 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2cbdc45 | 2005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2427 |  | 
| John Criswell | c1f786c | 2005-05-13 22:25:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2428 | <p>Memory is allocated; a pointer is returned.  '<tt>alloca</tt>'d | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2429 | memory is automatically released when the function returns.  The '<tt>alloca</tt>' | 
 | 2430 | instruction is commonly used to represent automatic variables that must | 
 | 2431 | have an address available.  When the function returns (either with the <tt><a | 
| John Criswell | dae2e93 | 2005-05-12 16:55:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2432 |  href="#i_ret">ret</a></tt> or <tt><a href="#i_unwind">unwind</a></tt> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2433 | instructions), the memory is reclaimed.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2cbdc45 | 2005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2434 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2435 | <h5>Example:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2cbdc45 | 2005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2436 |  | 
 | 2437 | <pre> | 
 | 2438 |   %ptr = alloca int                              <i>; yields {int*}:ptr</i> | 
| Chris Lattner | 7faa883 | 2002-04-14 06:13:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2439 |   %ptr = alloca int, uint 4                      <i>; yields {int*}:ptr</i> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2cbdc45 | 2005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2440 |   %ptr = alloca int, uint 4, align 1024          <i>; yields {int*}:ptr</i> | 
 | 2441 |   %ptr = alloca int, align 1024                  <i>; yields {int*}:ptr</i> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2442 | </pre> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2443 | </div> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2cbdc45 | 2005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2444 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2445 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2446 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_load">'<tt>load</tt>' | 
 | 2447 | Instruction</a> </div> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2448 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2b7d320 | 2002-05-06 03:03:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2449 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2450 | <pre>  <result> = load <ty>* <pointer><br>  <result> = volatile load <ty>* <pointer><br></pre> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2b7d320 | 2002-05-06 03:03:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2451 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2452 | <p>The '<tt>load</tt>' instruction is used to read from memory.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2b7d320 | 2002-05-06 03:03:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2453 | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2454 | <p>The argument to the '<tt>load</tt>' instruction specifies the memory | 
| John Criswell | 0ec250c | 2005-10-24 16:17:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2455 | address from which to load.  The pointer must point to a <a | 
| Chris Lattner | e53e508 | 2004-06-03 22:57:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2456 |  href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type.  If the <tt>load</tt> is | 
| John Criswell | 0ec250c | 2005-10-24 16:17:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2457 | marked as <tt>volatile</tt>, then the optimizer is not allowed to modify | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2458 | the number or order of execution of this <tt>load</tt> with other | 
 | 2459 | volatile <tt>load</tt> and <tt><a href="#i_store">store</a></tt> | 
 | 2460 | instructions. </p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2b7d320 | 2002-05-06 03:03:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2461 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2462 | <p>The location of memory pointed to is loaded.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2b7d320 | 2002-05-06 03:03:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2463 | <h5>Examples:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2464 | <pre>  %ptr = <a href="#i_alloca">alloca</a> int                               <i>; yields {int*}:ptr</i> | 
 | 2465 |   <a | 
 | 2466 |  href="#i_store">store</a> int 3, int* %ptr                          <i>; yields {void}</i> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2b7d320 | 2002-05-06 03:03:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2467 |   %val = load int* %ptr                           <i>; yields {int}:val = int 3</i> | 
 | 2468 | </pre> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2469 | </div> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2b7d320 | 2002-05-06 03:03:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2470 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2471 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_store">'<tt>store</tt>' | 
 | 2472 | Instruction</a> </div> | 
| Reid Spencer | 035ab57 | 2006-11-09 21:18:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2473 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2b7d320 | 2002-05-06 03:03:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2474 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2475 | <pre>  store <ty> <value>, <ty>* <pointer>                   <i>; yields {void}</i> | 
| Chris Lattner | f065107 | 2003-09-08 18:27:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2476 |   volatile store <ty> <value>, <ty>* <pointer>                   <i>; yields {void}</i> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2b7d320 | 2002-05-06 03:03:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2477 | </pre> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2b7d320 | 2002-05-06 03:03:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2478 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2479 | <p>The '<tt>store</tt>' instruction is used to write to memory.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2b7d320 | 2002-05-06 03:03:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2480 | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2481 | <p>There are two arguments to the '<tt>store</tt>' instruction: a value | 
| John Criswell | 0ec250c | 2005-10-24 16:17:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2482 | to store and an address in which to store it.  The type of the '<tt><pointer></tt>' | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2483 | operand must be a pointer to the type of the '<tt><value></tt>' | 
| John Criswell | c1f786c | 2005-05-13 22:25:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2484 | operand. If the <tt>store</tt> is marked as <tt>volatile</tt>, then the | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2485 | optimizer is not allowed to modify the number or order of execution of | 
 | 2486 | this <tt>store</tt> with other volatile <tt>load</tt> and <tt><a | 
 | 2487 |  href="#i_store">store</a></tt> instructions.</p> | 
 | 2488 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
 | 2489 | <p>The contents of memory are updated to contain '<tt><value></tt>' | 
 | 2490 | at the location specified by the '<tt><pointer></tt>' operand.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2b7d320 | 2002-05-06 03:03:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2491 | <h5>Example:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2492 | <pre>  %ptr = <a href="#i_alloca">alloca</a> int                               <i>; yields {int*}:ptr</i> | 
 | 2493 |   <a | 
 | 2494 |  href="#i_store">store</a> int 3, int* %ptr                          <i>; yields {void}</i> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2b7d320 | 2002-05-06 03:03:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2495 |   %val = load int* %ptr                           <i>; yields {int}:val = int 3</i> | 
 | 2496 | </pre> | 
| Reid Spencer | 47ce179 | 2006-11-09 21:15:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2497 | </div> | 
 | 2498 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 2b7d320 | 2002-05-06 03:03:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2499 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
| Chris Lattner | f74d5c7 | 2004-04-05 01:30:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2500 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
 | 2501 |    <a name="i_getelementptr">'<tt>getelementptr</tt>' Instruction</a> | 
 | 2502 | </div> | 
 | 2503 |  | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2504 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
| Chris Lattner | 7faa883 | 2002-04-14 06:13:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2505 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | f74d5c7 | 2004-04-05 01:30:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2506 | <pre> | 
 | 2507 |   <result> = getelementptr <ty>* <ptrval>{, <ty> <idx>}* | 
 | 2508 | </pre> | 
 | 2509 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 7faa883 | 2002-04-14 06:13:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2510 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | f74d5c7 | 2004-04-05 01:30:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2511 |  | 
 | 2512 | <p> | 
 | 2513 | The '<tt>getelementptr</tt>' instruction is used to get the address of a | 
 | 2514 | subelement of an aggregate data structure.</p> | 
 | 2515 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 7faa883 | 2002-04-14 06:13:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2516 | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | f74d5c7 | 2004-04-05 01:30:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2517 |  | 
 | 2518 | <p>This instruction takes a list of integer constants that indicate what | 
 | 2519 | elements of the aggregate object to index to.  The actual types of the arguments | 
 | 2520 | provided depend on the type of the first pointer argument.  The | 
 | 2521 | '<tt>getelementptr</tt>' instruction is used to index down through the type | 
| John Criswell | fc6b895 | 2005-05-16 16:17:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2522 | levels of a structure or to a specific index in an array.  When indexing into a | 
 | 2523 | structure, only <tt>uint</tt> | 
| John Criswell | c1f786c | 2005-05-13 22:25:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2524 | integer constants are allowed.  When indexing into an array or pointer, | 
| Chris Lattner | f74d5c7 | 2004-04-05 01:30:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2525 | <tt>int</tt> and <tt>long</tt> indexes are allowed of any sign.</p> | 
 | 2526 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2527 | <p>For example, let's consider a C code fragment and how it gets | 
 | 2528 | compiled to LLVM:</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | f74d5c7 | 2004-04-05 01:30:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2529 |  | 
 | 2530 | <pre> | 
 | 2531 |   struct RT { | 
 | 2532 |     char A; | 
 | 2533 |     int B[10][20]; | 
 | 2534 |     char C; | 
 | 2535 |   }; | 
 | 2536 |   struct ST { | 
 | 2537 |     int X; | 
 | 2538 |     double Y; | 
 | 2539 |     struct RT Z; | 
 | 2540 |   }; | 
 | 2541 |  | 
 | 2542 |   int *foo(struct ST *s) { | 
 | 2543 |     return &s[1].Z.B[5][13]; | 
 | 2544 |   } | 
 | 2545 | </pre> | 
 | 2546 |  | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2547 | <p>The LLVM code generated by the GCC frontend is:</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | f74d5c7 | 2004-04-05 01:30:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2548 |  | 
 | 2549 | <pre> | 
 | 2550 |   %RT = type { sbyte, [10 x [20 x int]], sbyte } | 
 | 2551 |   %ST = type { int, double, %RT } | 
 | 2552 |  | 
| Brian Gaeke | 7283e7c | 2004-07-02 21:08:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2553 |   implementation | 
 | 2554 |  | 
 | 2555 |   int* %foo(%ST* %s) { | 
 | 2556 |   entry: | 
 | 2557 |     %reg = getelementptr %ST* %s, int 1, uint 2, uint 1, int 5, int 13 | 
| Chris Lattner | f74d5c7 | 2004-04-05 01:30:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2558 |     ret int* %reg | 
 | 2559 |   } | 
 | 2560 | </pre> | 
 | 2561 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 7faa883 | 2002-04-14 06:13:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2562 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | f74d5c7 | 2004-04-05 01:30:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2563 |  | 
 | 2564 | <p>The index types specified for the '<tt>getelementptr</tt>' instruction depend | 
| John Criswell | c1f786c | 2005-05-13 22:25:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2565 | on the pointer type that is being indexed into. <a href="#t_pointer">Pointer</a> | 
| Chris Lattner | e53e508 | 2004-06-03 22:57:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2566 | and <a href="#t_array">array</a> types require <tt>uint</tt>, <tt>int</tt>, | 
 | 2567 | <tt>ulong</tt>, or <tt>long</tt> values, and <a href="#t_struct">structure</a> | 
| Chris Lattner | f74d5c7 | 2004-04-05 01:30:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2568 | types require <tt>uint</tt> <b>constants</b>.</p> | 
 | 2569 |  | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2570 | <p>In the example above, the first index is indexing into the '<tt>%ST*</tt>' | 
| Chris Lattner | f74d5c7 | 2004-04-05 01:30:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2571 | type, which is a pointer, yielding a '<tt>%ST</tt>' = '<tt>{ int, double, %RT | 
 | 2572 | }</tt>' type, a structure.  The second index indexes into the third element of | 
 | 2573 | the structure, yielding a '<tt>%RT</tt>' = '<tt>{ sbyte, [10 x [20 x int]], | 
 | 2574 | sbyte }</tt>' type, another structure.  The third index indexes into the second | 
 | 2575 | element of the structure, yielding a '<tt>[10 x [20 x int]]</tt>' type, an | 
 | 2576 | array.  The two dimensions of the array are subscripted into, yielding an | 
| John Criswell | fc6b895 | 2005-05-16 16:17:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2577 | '<tt>int</tt>' type.  The '<tt>getelementptr</tt>' instruction returns a pointer | 
| Chris Lattner | f74d5c7 | 2004-04-05 01:30:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2578 | to this element, thus computing a value of '<tt>int*</tt>' type.</p> | 
 | 2579 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2580 | <p>Note that it is perfectly legal to index partially through a | 
 | 2581 | structure, returning a pointer to an inner element.  Because of this, | 
 | 2582 | the LLVM code for the given testcase is equivalent to:</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | f74d5c7 | 2004-04-05 01:30:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2583 |  | 
 | 2584 | <pre> | 
| Chris Lattner | d4f6b17 | 2005-03-07 22:13:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2585 |   int* %foo(%ST* %s) { | 
| Chris Lattner | f74d5c7 | 2004-04-05 01:30:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2586 |     %t1 = getelementptr %ST* %s, int 1                        <i>; yields %ST*:%t1</i> | 
 | 2587 |     %t2 = getelementptr %ST* %t1, int 0, uint 2               <i>; yields %RT*:%t2</i> | 
 | 2588 |     %t3 = getelementptr %RT* %t2, int 0, uint 1               <i>; yields [10 x [20 x int]]*:%t3</i> | 
 | 2589 |     %t4 = getelementptr [10 x [20 x int]]* %t3, int 0, int 5  <i>; yields [20 x int]*:%t4</i> | 
 | 2590 |     %t5 = getelementptr [20 x int]* %t4, int 0, int 13        <i>; yields int*:%t5</i> | 
 | 2591 |     ret int* %t5 | 
 | 2592 |   } | 
| Chris Lattner | 6536cfe | 2002-05-06 22:08:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2593 | </pre> | 
| Chris Lattner | e67a951 | 2005-06-24 17:22:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2594 |  | 
 | 2595 | <p>Note that it is undefined to access an array out of bounds: array and  | 
 | 2596 | pointer indexes must always be within the defined bounds of the array type. | 
 | 2597 | The one exception for this rules is zero length arrays.  These arrays are | 
 | 2598 | defined to be accessible as variable length arrays, which requires access | 
 | 2599 | beyond the zero'th element.</p> | 
 | 2600 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 884a970 | 2006-08-15 00:45:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2601 | <p>The getelementptr instruction is often confusing.  For some more insight | 
 | 2602 | into how it works, see <a href="GetElementPtr.html">the getelementptr  | 
 | 2603 | FAQ</a>.</p> | 
 | 2604 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 7faa883 | 2002-04-14 06:13:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2605 | <h5>Example:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | e67a951 | 2005-06-24 17:22:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2606 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | f74d5c7 | 2004-04-05 01:30:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2607 | <pre> | 
 | 2608 |     <i>; yields [12 x ubyte]*:aptr</i> | 
 | 2609 |     %aptr = getelementptr {int, [12 x ubyte]}* %sptr, long 0, uint 1 | 
 | 2610 | </pre> | 
| Chris Lattner | f74d5c7 | 2004-04-05 01:30:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2611 | </div> | 
| Reid Spencer | 47ce179 | 2006-11-09 21:15:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2612 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2613 | <!-- ======================================================================= --> | 
| Reid Spencer | 2fd21e6 | 2006-11-08 01:18:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2614 | <div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="convertops">Conversion Operations</a> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2615 | </div> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2616 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
| Reid Spencer | 2fd21e6 | 2006-11-08 01:18:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2617 | <p>The instructions in this category are the conversion instructions (casting) | 
 | 2618 | which all take a single operand and a type. They perform various bit conversions | 
 | 2619 | on the operand.</p> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2620 | </div> | 
| Chris Lattner | cc37aae | 2004-03-12 05:50:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2621 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 6536cfe | 2002-05-06 22:08:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2622 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
| Chris Lattner | cc37aae | 2004-03-12 05:50:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2623 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
| Reid Spencer | 9dee3ac | 2006-11-08 01:11:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2624 |    <a name="i_trunc">'<tt>trunc .. to</tt>' Instruction</a> | 
 | 2625 | </div> | 
 | 2626 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
 | 2627 |  | 
 | 2628 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
 | 2629 | <pre> | 
 | 2630 |   <result> = trunc <ty> <value> to <ty2>             <i>; yields ty2</i> | 
 | 2631 | </pre> | 
 | 2632 |  | 
 | 2633 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
 | 2634 | <p> | 
 | 2635 | The '<tt>trunc</tt>' instruction truncates its operand to the type <tt>ty2</tt>. | 
 | 2636 | </p> | 
 | 2637 |  | 
 | 2638 | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
 | 2639 | <p> | 
 | 2640 | The '<tt>trunc</tt>' instruction takes a <tt>value</tt> to trunc, which must  | 
 | 2641 | be an <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> type, and a type that specifies the size  | 
 | 2642 | and type of the result, which must be an <a href="#t_integral">integral</a>  | 
| Reid Spencer | d444879 | 2006-11-09 23:03:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 2643 | type. The bit size of <tt>value</tt> must be larger than the bit size of  | 
 | 2644 | <tt>ty2</tt>. Equal sized types are not allowed.</p> | 
| Reid Spencer | 9dee3ac | 2006-11-08 01:11:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2645 |  | 
 | 2646 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
 | 2647 | <p> | 
 | 2648 | The '<tt>trunc</tt>' instruction truncates the high order bits in <tt>value</tt> | 
| Reid Spencer | d444879 | 2006-11-09 23:03:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 2649 | and converts the remaining bits to <tt>ty2</tt>. Since the source size must be | 
 | 2650 | larger than the destination size, <tt>trunc</tt> cannot be a <i>no-op cast</i>. | 
 | 2651 | It will always truncate bits.</p> | 
| Reid Spencer | 9dee3ac | 2006-11-08 01:11:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2652 |  | 
 | 2653 | <h5>Example:</h5> | 
 | 2654 | <pre> | 
 | 2655 |   %X = trunc int 257 to ubyte              <i>; yields ubyte:1</i> | 
 | 2656 |   %Y = trunc int 123 to bool               <i>; yields bool:true</i> | 
 | 2657 | </pre> | 
 | 2658 | </div> | 
 | 2659 |  | 
 | 2660 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
 | 2661 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
 | 2662 |    <a name="i_zext">'<tt>zext .. to</tt>' Instruction</a> | 
 | 2663 | </div> | 
 | 2664 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
 | 2665 |  | 
 | 2666 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
 | 2667 | <pre> | 
 | 2668 |   <result> = zext <ty> <value> to <ty2>             <i>; yields ty2</i> | 
 | 2669 | </pre> | 
 | 2670 |  | 
 | 2671 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
 | 2672 | <p>The '<tt>zext</tt>' instruction zero extends its operand to type  | 
 | 2673 | <tt>ty2</tt>.</p> | 
 | 2674 |  | 
 | 2675 |  | 
 | 2676 | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
 | 2677 | <p>The '<tt>zext</tt>' instruction takes a value to cast, which must be of  | 
 | 2678 | <a href="#t_integral">integral</a> type, and a type to cast it to, which must | 
 | 2679 | also be of <a href="#t_integral">integral</a> type. The bit size of the | 
| Reid Spencer | d444879 | 2006-11-09 23:03:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 2680 | <tt>value</tt> must be smaller than the bit size of the destination type,  | 
 | 2681 | <tt>ty2</tt>.</p> | 
| Reid Spencer | 9dee3ac | 2006-11-08 01:11:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2682 |  | 
 | 2683 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
 | 2684 | <p>The <tt>zext</tt> fills the high order bits of the <tt>value</tt> with zero | 
 | 2685 | bits until it reaches the size of the destination type, <tt>ty2</tt>. When the | 
 | 2686 | the operand and the type are the same size, no bit filling is done and the  | 
 | 2687 | cast is considered a <i>no-op cast</i> because no bits change (only the type  | 
 | 2688 | changes).</p> | 
 | 2689 |  | 
| Reid Spencer | d444879 | 2006-11-09 23:03:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 2690 | <p>When zero extending from bool, the result will alwasy be either 0 or 1.</p> | 
| Reid Spencer | 9dee3ac | 2006-11-08 01:11:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2691 |  | 
 | 2692 | <h5>Example:</h5> | 
 | 2693 | <pre> | 
 | 2694 |   %X = zext int 257 to ulong              <i>; yields ulong:257</i> | 
 | 2695 |   %Y = zext bool true to int              <i>; yields int:1</i> | 
 | 2696 | </pre> | 
 | 2697 | </div> | 
 | 2698 |  | 
 | 2699 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
 | 2700 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
 | 2701 |    <a name="i_sext">'<tt>sext .. to</tt>' Instruction</a> | 
 | 2702 | </div> | 
 | 2703 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
 | 2704 |  | 
 | 2705 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
 | 2706 | <pre> | 
 | 2707 |   <result> = sext <ty> <value> to <ty2>             <i>; yields ty2</i> | 
 | 2708 | </pre> | 
 | 2709 |  | 
 | 2710 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
 | 2711 | <p>The '<tt>sext</tt>' sign extends <tt>value</tt> to the type <tt>ty2</tt>.</p> | 
 | 2712 |  | 
 | 2713 | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
 | 2714 | <p> | 
 | 2715 | The '<tt>sext</tt>' instruction takes a value to cast, which must be of  | 
 | 2716 | <a href="#t_integral">integral</a> type, and a type to cast it to, which must | 
| Reid Spencer | d444879 | 2006-11-09 23:03:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 2717 | also be of <a href="#t_integral">integral</a> type.  The bit size of the | 
 | 2718 | <tt>value</tt> must be smaller than the bit size of the destination type,  | 
 | 2719 | <tt>ty2</tt>.</p> | 
| Reid Spencer | 9dee3ac | 2006-11-08 01:11:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2720 |  | 
 | 2721 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
 | 2722 | <p> | 
 | 2723 | The '<tt>sext</tt>' instruction performs a sign extension by copying the sign | 
 | 2724 | bit (highest order bit) of the <tt>value</tt> until it reaches the bit size of | 
 | 2725 | the type <tt>ty2</tt>.  When the the operand and the type are the same size,  | 
 | 2726 | no bit filling is done and the cast is considered a <i>no-op cast</i> because  | 
 | 2727 | no bits change (only the type changes).</p> | 
 | 2728 |  | 
| Reid Spencer | d444879 | 2006-11-09 23:03:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 2729 | <p>When sign extending from bool, the extension always results in -1 or 0.</p> | 
| Reid Spencer | 9dee3ac | 2006-11-08 01:11:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2730 |  | 
 | 2731 | <h5>Example:</h5> | 
| Reid Spencer | 9dee3ac | 2006-11-08 01:11:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2732 | <pre> | 
 | 2733 |   %X = sext sbyte -1 to ushort           <i>; yields ushort:65535</i> | 
 | 2734 |   %Y = sext bool true to int             <i>; yields int:-1</i> | 
 | 2735 | </pre> | 
 | 2736 | </div> | 
 | 2737 |  | 
 | 2738 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
 | 2739 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
| Reid Spencer | 3fa91b0 | 2006-11-09 21:48:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2740 |    <a name="i_fptrunc">'<tt>fptrunc .. to</tt>' Instruction</a> | 
 | 2741 | </div> | 
 | 2742 |  | 
 | 2743 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
 | 2744 |  | 
 | 2745 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
 | 2746 |  | 
 | 2747 | <pre> | 
 | 2748 |   <result> = fptrunc <ty> <value> to <ty2>             <i>; yields ty2</i> | 
 | 2749 | </pre> | 
 | 2750 |  | 
 | 2751 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
 | 2752 | <p>The '<tt>fptrunc</tt>' instruction truncates <tt>value</tt> to type | 
 | 2753 | <tt>ty2</tt>.</p> | 
 | 2754 |  | 
 | 2755 |  | 
 | 2756 | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
 | 2757 | <p>The '<tt>fptrunc</tt>' instruction takes a <a href="#t_floating">floating | 
 | 2758 |   point</a> value to cast and a <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type to | 
 | 2759 | cast it to. The size of <tt>value</tt> must be larger than the size of | 
 | 2760 | <tt>ty2</tt>. This implies that <tt>fptrunc</tt> cannot be used to make a  | 
 | 2761 | <i>no-op cast</i>.</p> | 
 | 2762 |  | 
 | 2763 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
| Reid Spencer | d444879 | 2006-11-09 23:03:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 2764 | <p> The '<tt>fptrunc</tt>' instruction truncates a <tt>value</tt> from a larger | 
 | 2765 | <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type to a smaller  | 
 | 2766 | <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type.  If the value cannot fit within  | 
 | 2767 | the destination type, <tt>ty2</tt>, then the results are undefined.</p> | 
| Reid Spencer | 3fa91b0 | 2006-11-09 21:48:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2768 |  | 
 | 2769 | <h5>Example:</h5> | 
 | 2770 | <pre> | 
 | 2771 |   %X = fptrunc double 123.0 to float         <i>; yields float:123.0</i> | 
 | 2772 |   %Y = fptrunc double 1.0E+300 to float      <i>; yields undefined</i> | 
 | 2773 | </pre> | 
 | 2774 | </div> | 
 | 2775 |  | 
 | 2776 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
 | 2777 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
| Reid Spencer | 9dee3ac | 2006-11-08 01:11:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2778 |    <a name="i_fpext">'<tt>fpext .. to</tt>' Instruction</a> | 
 | 2779 | </div> | 
 | 2780 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
 | 2781 |  | 
 | 2782 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
 | 2783 | <pre> | 
 | 2784 |   <result> = fpext <ty> <value> to <ty2>             <i>; yields ty2</i> | 
 | 2785 | </pre> | 
 | 2786 |  | 
 | 2787 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
 | 2788 | <p>The '<tt>fpext</tt>' extends a floating point <tt>value</tt> to a larger | 
 | 2789 | floating point value.</p> | 
 | 2790 |  | 
 | 2791 | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
 | 2792 | <p>The '<tt>fpext</tt>' instruction takes a  | 
 | 2793 | <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> <tt>value</tt> to cast,  | 
| Reid Spencer | d444879 | 2006-11-09 23:03:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 2794 | and a <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type to cast it to. The source | 
 | 2795 | type must be smaller than the destination type.</p> | 
| Reid Spencer | 9dee3ac | 2006-11-08 01:11:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2796 |  | 
 | 2797 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
| Reid Spencer | d444879 | 2006-11-09 23:03:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 2798 | <p>The '<tt>fpext</tt>' instruction extends the <tt>value</tt> from a smaller | 
 | 2799 | <a href="t_floating">floating point</a> type to a larger  | 
 | 2800 | <a href="t_floating">floating point</a> type. The <tt>fpext</tt> cannot be  | 
 | 2801 | used to make a <i>no-op cast</i> because it always changes bits. Use  | 
 | 2802 | <tt>bitconvert</tt> to make a <i>no-op cast</i> for a floating point cast.</p> | 
| Reid Spencer | 9dee3ac | 2006-11-08 01:11:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2803 |  | 
 | 2804 | <h5>Example:</h5> | 
 | 2805 | <pre> | 
 | 2806 |   %X = fpext float 3.1415 to double        <i>; yields double:3.1415</i> | 
 | 2807 |   %Y = fpext float 1.0 to float            <i>; yields float:1.0 (no-op)</i> | 
 | 2808 | </pre> | 
 | 2809 | </div> | 
 | 2810 |  | 
 | 2811 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
 | 2812 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
| Reid Spencer | d444879 | 2006-11-09 23:03:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 2813 |    <a name="i_fp2uint">'<tt>fptoui .. to</tt>' Instruction</a> | 
| Reid Spencer | 9dee3ac | 2006-11-08 01:11:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2814 | </div> | 
 | 2815 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
 | 2816 |  | 
 | 2817 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
 | 2818 | <pre> | 
 | 2819 |   <result> = fp2uint <ty> <value> to <ty2>             <i>; yields ty2</i> | 
 | 2820 | </pre> | 
 | 2821 |  | 
 | 2822 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
 | 2823 | <p>The '<tt>fp2uint</tt>' converts a floating point <tt>value</tt> to its | 
 | 2824 | unsigned integer equivalent of type <tt>ty2</tt>. | 
 | 2825 | </p> | 
 | 2826 |  | 
 | 2827 | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
 | 2828 | <p>The '<tt>fp2uint</tt>' instruction takes a value to cast, which must be a  | 
 | 2829 | <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> value, and a type to cast it to, which | 
 | 2830 | must be an <a href="#t_integral">integral</a> type.</p> | 
 | 2831 |  | 
 | 2832 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
 | 2833 | <p> The '<tt>fp2uint</tt>' instruction converts its  | 
 | 2834 | <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> operand into the nearest (rounding | 
 | 2835 | towards zero) unsigned integer value. If the value cannot fit in <tt>ty2</tt>, | 
 | 2836 | the results are undefined.</p> | 
 | 2837 |  | 
 | 2838 | <p>When converting to bool, the conversion is done as a comparison against  | 
 | 2839 | zero. If the <tt>value</tt> was zero, the bool result will be <tt>false</tt>.  | 
 | 2840 | If the <tt>value</tt> was non-zero, the bool result will be <tt>true</tt>.</p> | 
 | 2841 |  | 
 | 2842 | <h5>Example:</h5> | 
 | 2843 | <pre> | 
 | 2844 |   %X = fp2uint double 123.0 to int         <i>; yields int:123</i> | 
 | 2845 |   %Y = fp2uint float 1.0E+300 to bool      <i>; yields bool:true</i> | 
 | 2846 |   %X = fp2uint float 1.04E+17 to ubyte     <i>; yields undefined:1</i> | 
 | 2847 | </pre> | 
 | 2848 | </div> | 
 | 2849 |  | 
 | 2850 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
 | 2851 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
| Reid Spencer | d444879 | 2006-11-09 23:03:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 2852 |    <a name="i_fptosi">'<tt>fptosi .. to</tt>' Instruction</a> | 
| Reid Spencer | 9dee3ac | 2006-11-08 01:11:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2853 | </div> | 
 | 2854 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
 | 2855 |  | 
 | 2856 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
 | 2857 | <pre> | 
| Reid Spencer | d444879 | 2006-11-09 23:03:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 2858 |   <result> = fptosi <ty> <value> to <ty2>             <i>; yields ty2</i> | 
| Reid Spencer | 9dee3ac | 2006-11-08 01:11:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2859 | </pre> | 
 | 2860 |  | 
 | 2861 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
| Reid Spencer | d444879 | 2006-11-09 23:03:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 2862 | <p>The '<tt>fptosi</tt>' instruction converts  | 
| Reid Spencer | 9dee3ac | 2006-11-08 01:11:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2863 | <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> <tt>value</tt> to type <tt>ty2</tt>. | 
| Chris Lattner | cc37aae | 2004-03-12 05:50:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2864 | </p> | 
 | 2865 |  | 
 | 2866 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 6536cfe | 2002-05-06 22:08:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2867 | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
| Reid Spencer | d444879 | 2006-11-09 23:03:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 2868 | <p> The '<tt>fptosi</tt>' instruction takes a value to cast, which must be a  | 
| Reid Spencer | 9dee3ac | 2006-11-08 01:11:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2869 | <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> value, and a type to cast it to, which  | 
 | 2870 | must also be an <a href="#t_integral">integral</a> type.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | cc37aae | 2004-03-12 05:50:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2871 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 6536cfe | 2002-05-06 22:08:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2872 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
| Reid Spencer | d444879 | 2006-11-09 23:03:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 2873 | <p>The '<tt>fptosi</tt>' instruction converts its  | 
| Reid Spencer | 9dee3ac | 2006-11-08 01:11:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2874 | <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> operand into the nearest (rounding | 
 | 2875 | towards zero) signed integer value. If the value cannot fit in <tt>ty2</tt>, | 
 | 2876 | the results are undefined.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | cc37aae | 2004-03-12 05:50:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2877 |  | 
| Reid Spencer | 9dee3ac | 2006-11-08 01:11:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2878 | <p>When converting to bool, the conversion is done as a comparison against  | 
 | 2879 | zero. If the <tt>value</tt> was zero, the bool result will be <tt>false</tt>.  | 
 | 2880 | If the <tt>value</tt> was non-zero, the bool result will be <tt>true</tt>.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | cc37aae | 2004-03-12 05:50:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2881 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 33ba0d9 | 2001-07-09 00:26:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2882 | <h5>Example:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | cc37aae | 2004-03-12 05:50:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2883 | <pre> | 
| Reid Spencer | d444879 | 2006-11-09 23:03:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 2884 |   %X = fptosi double -123.0 to int        <i>; yields int:-123</i> | 
 | 2885 |   %Y = fptosi float 1.0E-247 to bool      <i>; yields bool:true</i> | 
 | 2886 |   %X = fptosi float 1.04E+17 to sbyte     <i>; yields undefined:1</i> | 
| Reid Spencer | 9dee3ac | 2006-11-08 01:11:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2887 | </pre> | 
 | 2888 | </div> | 
 | 2889 |  | 
 | 2890 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
 | 2891 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
| Reid Spencer | d444879 | 2006-11-09 23:03:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 2892 |    <a name="i_uitofp">'<tt>uitofp .. to</tt>' Instruction</a> | 
| Reid Spencer | 9dee3ac | 2006-11-08 01:11:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2893 | </div> | 
 | 2894 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
 | 2895 |  | 
 | 2896 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
 | 2897 | <pre> | 
| Reid Spencer | d444879 | 2006-11-09 23:03:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 2898 |   <result> = uitofp <ty> <value> to <ty2>             <i>; yields ty2</i> | 
| Reid Spencer | 9dee3ac | 2006-11-08 01:11:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2899 | </pre> | 
 | 2900 |  | 
 | 2901 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
| Reid Spencer | d444879 | 2006-11-09 23:03:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 2902 | <p>The '<tt>uitofp</tt>' instruction regards <tt>value</tt> as an unsigned | 
| Reid Spencer | 9dee3ac | 2006-11-08 01:11:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2903 | integer and converts that value to the <tt>ty2</tt> type.</p> | 
 | 2904 |  | 
 | 2905 |  | 
 | 2906 | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
| Reid Spencer | d444879 | 2006-11-09 23:03:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 2907 | <p>The '<tt>uitofp</tt>' instruction takes a value to cast, which must be an | 
| Reid Spencer | 9dee3ac | 2006-11-08 01:11:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2908 | <a href="#t_integral">integral</a> value, and a type to cast it to, which must  | 
 | 2909 | be a <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type.</p> | 
 | 2910 |  | 
 | 2911 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
| Reid Spencer | d444879 | 2006-11-09 23:03:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 2912 | <p>The '<tt>uitofp</tt>' instruction interprets its operand as an unsigned | 
| Reid Spencer | 9dee3ac | 2006-11-08 01:11:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2913 | integer quantity and converts it to the corresponding floating point value. If | 
 | 2914 | the value cannot fit in the floating point value, the results are undefined.</p> | 
 | 2915 |  | 
 | 2916 |  | 
 | 2917 | <h5>Example:</h5> | 
 | 2918 | <pre> | 
| Reid Spencer | d444879 | 2006-11-09 23:03:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 2919 |   %X = uitofp int 257 to float         <i>; yields float:257.0</i> | 
 | 2920 |   %Y = uitofp sbyte -1 to double       <i>; yields double:255.0</i> | 
| Reid Spencer | 9dee3ac | 2006-11-08 01:11:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2921 | </pre> | 
 | 2922 | </div> | 
 | 2923 |  | 
 | 2924 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
 | 2925 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
| Reid Spencer | d444879 | 2006-11-09 23:03:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 2926 |    <a name="i_sitofp">'<tt>sitofp .. to</tt>' Instruction</a> | 
| Reid Spencer | 9dee3ac | 2006-11-08 01:11:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2927 | </div> | 
 | 2928 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
 | 2929 |  | 
 | 2930 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
 | 2931 | <pre> | 
| Reid Spencer | d444879 | 2006-11-09 23:03:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 2932 |   <result> = sitofp <ty> <value> to <ty2>             <i>; yields ty2</i> | 
| Reid Spencer | 9dee3ac | 2006-11-08 01:11:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2933 | </pre> | 
 | 2934 |  | 
 | 2935 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
| Reid Spencer | d444879 | 2006-11-09 23:03:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 2936 | <p>The '<tt>sitofp</tt>' instruction regards <tt>value</tt> as a signed | 
| Reid Spencer | 9dee3ac | 2006-11-08 01:11:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2937 | integer and converts that value to the <tt>ty2</tt> type.</p> | 
 | 2938 |  | 
 | 2939 | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
| Reid Spencer | d444879 | 2006-11-09 23:03:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 2940 | <p>The '<tt>sitofp</tt>' instruction takes a value to cast, which must be an | 
| Reid Spencer | 9dee3ac | 2006-11-08 01:11:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2941 | <a href="#t_integral">integral</a> value, and a type to cast it to, which must be | 
 | 2942 | a <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type.</p> | 
 | 2943 |  | 
 | 2944 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
| Reid Spencer | d444879 | 2006-11-09 23:03:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 2945 | <p>The '<tt>sitofp</tt>' instruction interprets its operand as a signed | 
| Reid Spencer | 9dee3ac | 2006-11-08 01:11:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2946 | integer quantity and converts it to the corresponding floating point value. If | 
 | 2947 | the value cannot fit in the floating point value, the results are undefined.</p> | 
 | 2948 |  | 
 | 2949 | <h5>Example:</h5> | 
 | 2950 | <pre> | 
| Reid Spencer | d444879 | 2006-11-09 23:03:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 2951 |   %X = sitofp int 257 to float         <i>; yields float:257.0</i> | 
 | 2952 |   %Y = sitofp sbyte -1 to double       <i>; yields double:-1.0</i> | 
| Reid Spencer | 9dee3ac | 2006-11-08 01:11:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2953 | </pre> | 
 | 2954 | </div> | 
 | 2955 |  | 
 | 2956 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
 | 2957 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
 | 2958 |    <a name="i_bitconvert">'<tt>bitconvert .. to</tt>' Instruction</a> | 
 | 2959 | </div> | 
 | 2960 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
 | 2961 |  | 
 | 2962 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
 | 2963 | <pre> | 
 | 2964 |   <result> = bitconvert <ty> <value> to <ty2>             <i>; yields ty2</i> | 
 | 2965 | </pre> | 
 | 2966 |  | 
 | 2967 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
 | 2968 | <p>The '<tt>bitconvert</tt>' instruction converts <tt>value</tt> to type | 
 | 2969 | <tt>ty2</tt> without changing any bits.</p> | 
 | 2970 |  | 
 | 2971 | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
 | 2972 | <p>The '<tt>bitconvert</tt>' instruction takes a value to cast, which must be  | 
 | 2973 | a first class value, and a type to cast it to, which must also be a <a | 
 | 2974 |   href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type. The bit sizes of <tt>value</tt> | 
 | 2975 | and the destination type, <tt>ty2</tt>, must be identical.</p> | 
 | 2976 |  | 
 | 2977 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
 | 2978 | <p>The '<tt>bitconvert</tt>' instruction converts <tt>value</tt> to type | 
 | 2979 | <tt>ty2</tt> as if the value had been stored to memory and read back as type | 
 | 2980 | <tt>ty2</tt>. That is, no bits are changed during the conversion. The | 
| Reid Spencer | d444879 | 2006-11-09 23:03:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 2981 | <tt>bitconvert</tt> instruction is the only conversion instruction that permits | 
 | 2982 | <i>no-op casts</i> to be constructed.</p> | 
| Reid Spencer | 9dee3ac | 2006-11-08 01:11:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2983 |  | 
 | 2984 | <h5>Example:</h5> | 
 | 2985 | <pre> | 
 | 2986 |   %X = bitconvert ubyte 255 to sbyte         <i>; yields sbyte:-1</i> | 
 | 2987 |   %Y = bitconvert uint* %x to uint           <i>; yields uint:%x</i> | 
| Chris Lattner | 33ba0d9 | 2001-07-09 00:26:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2988 | </pre> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2989 | </div> | 
| Chris Lattner | cc37aae | 2004-03-12 05:50:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2990 |  | 
| Reid Spencer | 2fd21e6 | 2006-11-08 01:18:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2991 | <!-- ======================================================================= --> | 
 | 2992 | <div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="otherops">Other Operations</a> </div> | 
 | 2993 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
 | 2994 | <p>The instructions in this category are the "miscellaneous" | 
 | 2995 | instructions, which defy better classification.</p> | 
 | 2996 | </div> | 
 | 2997 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
 | 2998 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_phi">'<tt>phi</tt>' | 
 | 2999 | Instruction</a> </div> | 
 | 3000 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
 | 3001 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
 | 3002 | <pre>  <result> = phi <ty> [ <val0>, <label0>], ...<br></pre> | 
 | 3003 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
 | 3004 | <p>The '<tt>phi</tt>' instruction is used to implement the φ node in | 
 | 3005 | the SSA graph representing the function.</p> | 
 | 3006 | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
 | 3007 | <p>The type of the incoming values are specified with the first type | 
 | 3008 | field. After this, the '<tt>phi</tt>' instruction takes a list of pairs | 
 | 3009 | as arguments, with one pair for each predecessor basic block of the | 
 | 3010 | current block.  Only values of <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> | 
 | 3011 | type may be used as the value arguments to the PHI node.  Only labels | 
 | 3012 | may be used as the label arguments.</p> | 
 | 3013 | <p>There must be no non-phi instructions between the start of a basic | 
 | 3014 | block and the PHI instructions: i.e. PHI instructions must be first in | 
 | 3015 | a basic block.</p> | 
 | 3016 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
 | 3017 | <p>At runtime, the '<tt>phi</tt>' instruction logically takes on the | 
 | 3018 | value specified by the parameter, depending on which basic block we | 
 | 3019 | came from in the last <a href="#terminators">terminator</a> instruction.</p> | 
 | 3020 | <h5>Example:</h5> | 
 | 3021 | <pre>Loop:       ; Infinite loop that counts from 0 on up...<br>  %indvar = phi uint [ 0, %LoopHeader ], [ %nextindvar, %Loop ]<br>  %nextindvar = add uint %indvar, 1<br>  br label %Loop<br></pre> | 
 | 3022 | </div> | 
 | 3023 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | cc37aae | 2004-03-12 05:50:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3024 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
 | 3025 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
 | 3026 |    <a name="i_select">'<tt>select</tt>' Instruction</a> | 
 | 3027 | </div> | 
 | 3028 |  | 
 | 3029 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
 | 3030 |  | 
 | 3031 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
 | 3032 |  | 
 | 3033 | <pre> | 
 | 3034 |   <result> = select bool <cond>, <ty> <val1>, <ty> <val2>             <i>; yields ty</i> | 
 | 3035 | </pre> | 
 | 3036 |  | 
 | 3037 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
 | 3038 |  | 
 | 3039 | <p> | 
 | 3040 | The '<tt>select</tt>' instruction is used to choose one value based on a | 
 | 3041 | condition, without branching. | 
 | 3042 | </p> | 
 | 3043 |  | 
 | 3044 |  | 
 | 3045 | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
 | 3046 |  | 
 | 3047 | <p> | 
 | 3048 | The '<tt>select</tt>' instruction requires a boolean value indicating the condition, and two values of the same <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type. | 
 | 3049 | </p> | 
 | 3050 |  | 
 | 3051 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
 | 3052 |  | 
 | 3053 | <p> | 
 | 3054 | If the boolean condition evaluates to true, the instruction returns the first | 
| John Criswell | fc6b895 | 2005-05-16 16:17:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3055 | value argument; otherwise, it returns the second value argument. | 
| Chris Lattner | cc37aae | 2004-03-12 05:50:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3056 | </p> | 
 | 3057 |  | 
 | 3058 | <h5>Example:</h5> | 
 | 3059 |  | 
 | 3060 | <pre> | 
 | 3061 |   %X = select bool true, ubyte 17, ubyte 42          <i>; yields ubyte:17</i> | 
 | 3062 | </pre> | 
 | 3063 | </div> | 
 | 3064 |  | 
| Robert Bocchino | 05ccd70 | 2006-01-15 20:48:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3065 |  | 
 | 3066 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
 | 3067 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2bff524 | 2005-05-06 05:47:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3068 |   <a name="i_call">'<tt>call</tt>' Instruction</a> | 
 | 3069 | </div> | 
 | 3070 |  | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3071 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2bff524 | 2005-05-06 05:47:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3072 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3073 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2bff524 | 2005-05-06 05:47:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3074 | <pre> | 
| Chris Lattner | bad10ee | 2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3075 |   <result> = [tail] call [<a href="#callingconv">cconv</a>] <ty>* <fnptrval>(<param list>) | 
| Chris Lattner | 2bff524 | 2005-05-06 05:47:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3076 | </pre> | 
 | 3077 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3078 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2bff524 | 2005-05-06 05:47:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3079 |  | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3080 | <p>The '<tt>call</tt>' instruction represents a simple function call.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2bff524 | 2005-05-06 05:47:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3081 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3082 | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2bff524 | 2005-05-06 05:47:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3083 |  | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3084 | <p>This instruction requires several arguments:</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2bff524 | 2005-05-06 05:47:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3085 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 6536cfe | 2002-05-06 22:08:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3086 | <ol> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3087 |   <li> | 
| Chris Lattner | bad10ee | 2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3088 |     <p>The optional "tail" marker indicates whether the callee function accesses | 
 | 3089 |     any allocas or varargs in the caller.  If the "tail" marker is present, the | 
| Chris Lattner | 2bff524 | 2005-05-06 05:47:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3090 |     function call is eligible for tail call optimization.  Note that calls may | 
 | 3091 |     be marked "tail" even if they do not occur before a <a | 
 | 3092 |     href="#i_ret"><tt>ret</tt></a> instruction. | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3093 |   </li> | 
 | 3094 |   <li> | 
| Chris Lattner | bad10ee | 2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3095 |     <p>The optional "cconv" marker indicates which <a href="callingconv">calling | 
 | 3096 |     convention</a> the call should use.  If none is specified, the call defaults | 
 | 3097 |     to using C calling conventions. | 
 | 3098 |   </li> | 
 | 3099 |   <li> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2bff524 | 2005-05-06 05:47:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3100 |     <p>'<tt>ty</tt>': shall be the signature of the pointer to function value | 
 | 3101 |     being invoked.  The argument types must match the types implied by this | 
| John Criswell | fc6b895 | 2005-05-16 16:17:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3102 |     signature.  This type can be omitted if the function is not varargs and | 
 | 3103 |     if the function type does not return a pointer to a function.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2bff524 | 2005-05-06 05:47:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3104 |   </li> | 
 | 3105 |   <li> | 
 | 3106 |     <p>'<tt>fnptrval</tt>': An LLVM value containing a pointer to a function to | 
 | 3107 |     be invoked. In most cases, this is a direct function invocation, but | 
 | 3108 |     indirect <tt>call</tt>s are just as possible, calling an arbitrary pointer | 
| John Criswell | fc6b895 | 2005-05-16 16:17:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3109 |     to function value.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3110 |   </li> | 
 | 3111 |   <li> | 
 | 3112 |     <p>'<tt>function args</tt>': argument list whose types match the | 
| Reid Spencer | a7e302a | 2005-05-01 22:22:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3113 |     function signature argument types. All arguments must be of  | 
 | 3114 |     <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type. If the function signature  | 
 | 3115 |     indicates the function accepts a variable number of arguments, the extra  | 
 | 3116 |     arguments can be specified.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3117 |   </li> | 
| Chris Lattner | 6536cfe | 2002-05-06 22:08:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3118 | </ol> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2bff524 | 2005-05-06 05:47:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3119 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3120 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2bff524 | 2005-05-06 05:47:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3121 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3122 | <p>The '<tt>call</tt>' instruction is used to cause control flow to | 
 | 3123 | transfer to a specified function, with its incoming arguments bound to | 
 | 3124 | the specified values. Upon a '<tt><a href="#i_ret">ret</a></tt>' | 
 | 3125 | instruction in the called function, control flow continues with the | 
 | 3126 | instruction after the function call, and the return value of the | 
 | 3127 | function is bound to the result argument.  This is a simpler case of | 
 | 3128 | the <a href="#i_invoke">invoke</a> instruction.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2bff524 | 2005-05-06 05:47:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3129 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3130 | <h5>Example:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 2bff524 | 2005-05-06 05:47:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3131 |  | 
 | 3132 | <pre> | 
 | 3133 |   %retval = call int %test(int %argc) | 
 | 3134 |   call int(sbyte*, ...) *%printf(sbyte* %msg, int 12, sbyte 42); | 
 | 3135 |   %X = tail call int %foo() | 
| Chris Lattner | bad10ee | 2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3136 |   %Y = tail call <a href="#callingconv">fastcc</a> int %foo() | 
| Chris Lattner | 2bff524 | 2005-05-06 05:47:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3137 | </pre> | 
 | 3138 |  | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3139 | </div> | 
| Chris Lattner | e19d7a7 | 2004-09-27 21:51:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3140 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | d9ad5b3 | 2003-05-08 04:57:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3141 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
| Chris Lattner | e19d7a7 | 2004-09-27 21:51:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3142 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
| Chris Lattner | fb6977d | 2006-01-13 23:26:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3143 |   <a name="i_va_arg">'<tt>va_arg</tt>' Instruction</a> | 
| Chris Lattner | e19d7a7 | 2004-09-27 21:51:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3144 | </div> | 
 | 3145 |  | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3146 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
| Chris Lattner | e19d7a7 | 2004-09-27 21:51:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3147 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 8d1a81d | 2003-10-18 05:51:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3148 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | e19d7a7 | 2004-09-27 21:51:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3149 |  | 
 | 3150 | <pre> | 
| Andrew Lenharth | 8bf607a | 2005-06-18 18:28:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3151 |   <resultval> = va_arg <va_list*> <arglist>, <argty> | 
| Chris Lattner | e19d7a7 | 2004-09-27 21:51:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3152 | </pre> | 
 | 3153 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 8d1a81d | 2003-10-18 05:51:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3154 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | e19d7a7 | 2004-09-27 21:51:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3155 |  | 
| Andrew Lenharth | 8bf607a | 2005-06-18 18:28:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3156 | <p>The '<tt>va_arg</tt>' instruction is used to access arguments passed through | 
| Chris Lattner | e19d7a7 | 2004-09-27 21:51:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3157 | the "variable argument" area of a function call.  It is used to implement the | 
 | 3158 | <tt>va_arg</tt> macro in C.</p> | 
 | 3159 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 8d1a81d | 2003-10-18 05:51:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3160 | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | e19d7a7 | 2004-09-27 21:51:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3161 |  | 
| Andrew Lenharth | 8bf607a | 2005-06-18 18:28:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3162 | <p>This instruction takes a <tt>va_list*</tt> value and the type of | 
 | 3163 | the argument. It returns a value of the specified argument type and | 
| Jeff Cohen | 25d4f7e | 2005-11-11 02:15:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3164 | increments the <tt>va_list</tt> to point to the next argument.  Again, the | 
| Andrew Lenharth | 8bf607a | 2005-06-18 18:28:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3165 | actual type of <tt>va_list</tt> is target specific.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | e19d7a7 | 2004-09-27 21:51:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3166 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 8d1a81d | 2003-10-18 05:51:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3167 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | e19d7a7 | 2004-09-27 21:51:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3168 |  | 
| Andrew Lenharth | 8bf607a | 2005-06-18 18:28:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3169 | <p>The '<tt>va_arg</tt>' instruction loads an argument of the specified | 
 | 3170 | type from the specified <tt>va_list</tt> and causes the | 
 | 3171 | <tt>va_list</tt> to point to the next argument.  For more information, | 
 | 3172 | see the variable argument handling <a href="#int_varargs">Intrinsic | 
 | 3173 | Functions</a>.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | e19d7a7 | 2004-09-27 21:51:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3174 |  | 
 | 3175 | <p>It is legal for this instruction to be called in a function which does not | 
 | 3176 | take a variable number of arguments, for example, the <tt>vfprintf</tt> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3177 | function.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | e19d7a7 | 2004-09-27 21:51:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3178 |  | 
| Andrew Lenharth | 8bf607a | 2005-06-18 18:28:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3179 | <p><tt>va_arg</tt> is an LLVM instruction instead of an <a | 
| John Criswell | fc6b895 | 2005-05-16 16:17:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3180 | href="#intrinsics">intrinsic function</a> because it takes a type as an | 
| Chris Lattner | e19d7a7 | 2004-09-27 21:51:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3181 | argument.</p> | 
 | 3182 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 8d1a81d | 2003-10-18 05:51:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3183 | <h5>Example:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | e19d7a7 | 2004-09-27 21:51:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3184 |  | 
 | 3185 | <p>See the <a href="#int_varargs">variable argument processing</a> section.</p> | 
 | 3186 |  | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3187 | </div> | 
| Chris Lattner | 8ff7590 | 2004-01-06 05:31:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3188 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | d9ad5b3 | 2003-05-08 04:57:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3189 | <!-- *********************************************************************** --> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3190 | <div class="doc_section"> <a name="intrinsics">Intrinsic Functions</a> </div> | 
 | 3191 | <!-- *********************************************************************** --> | 
| Chris Lattner | 8ff7590 | 2004-01-06 05:31:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3192 |  | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3193 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
| Chris Lattner | 33aec9e | 2004-02-12 17:01:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3194 |  | 
 | 3195 | <p>LLVM supports the notion of an "intrinsic function".  These functions have | 
| John Criswell | fc6b895 | 2005-05-16 16:17:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3196 | well known names and semantics and are required to follow certain | 
| Chris Lattner | 33aec9e | 2004-02-12 17:01:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3197 | restrictions. Overall, these instructions represent an extension mechanism for | 
 | 3198 | the LLVM language that does not require changing all of the transformations in | 
 | 3199 | LLVM to add to the language (or the bytecode reader/writer, the parser, | 
 | 3200 | etc...).</p> | 
 | 3201 |  | 
| John Criswell | fc6b895 | 2005-05-16 16:17:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3202 | <p>Intrinsic function names must all start with an "<tt>llvm.</tt>" prefix. This | 
 | 3203 | prefix is reserved in LLVM for intrinsic names; thus, functions may not be named | 
| Chris Lattner | 33aec9e | 2004-02-12 17:01:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3204 | this.  Intrinsic functions must always be external functions: you cannot define | 
 | 3205 | the body of intrinsic functions.  Intrinsic functions may only be used in call | 
 | 3206 | or invoke instructions: it is illegal to take the address of an intrinsic | 
 | 3207 | function.  Additionally, because intrinsic functions are part of the LLVM | 
 | 3208 | language, it is required that they all be documented here if any are added.</p> | 
 | 3209 |  | 
 | 3210 |  | 
| John Criswell | fc6b895 | 2005-05-16 16:17:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3211 | <p>To learn how to add an intrinsic function, please see the <a | 
| Chris Lattner | 590cff3 | 2005-05-11 03:35:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3212 | href="ExtendingLLVM.html">Extending LLVM Guide</a>. | 
| Chris Lattner | 33aec9e | 2004-02-12 17:01:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3213 | </p> | 
 | 3214 |  | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3215 | </div> | 
| Chris Lattner | 8ff7590 | 2004-01-06 05:31:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3216 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | d9ad5b3 | 2003-05-08 04:57:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3217 | <!-- ======================================================================= --> | 
| Chris Lattner | 8ff7590 | 2004-01-06 05:31:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3218 | <div class="doc_subsection"> | 
 | 3219 |   <a name="int_varargs">Variable Argument Handling Intrinsics</a> | 
 | 3220 | </div> | 
 | 3221 |  | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3222 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
| Chris Lattner | d792391 | 2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3223 |  | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3224 | <p>Variable argument support is defined in LLVM with the <a | 
| Chris Lattner | fb6977d | 2006-01-13 23:26:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3225 |  href="#i_va_arg"><tt>va_arg</tt></a> instruction and these three | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3226 | intrinsic functions.  These functions are related to the similarly | 
 | 3227 | named macros defined in the <tt><stdarg.h></tt> header file.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | d792391 | 2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3228 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3229 | <p>All of these functions operate on arguments that use a | 
 | 3230 | target-specific value type "<tt>va_list</tt>".  The LLVM assembly | 
 | 3231 | language reference manual does not define what this type is, so all | 
 | 3232 | transformations should be prepared to handle intrinsics with any type | 
 | 3233 | used.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | d792391 | 2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3234 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 374ab30 | 2006-05-15 17:26:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3235 | <p>This example shows how the <a href="#i_va_arg"><tt>va_arg</tt></a> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3236 | instruction and the variable argument handling intrinsic functions are | 
 | 3237 | used.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | d792391 | 2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3238 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 33aec9e | 2004-02-12 17:01:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3239 | <pre> | 
 | 3240 | int %test(int %X, ...) { | 
 | 3241 |   ; Initialize variable argument processing | 
| Andrew Lenharth | 8bf607a | 2005-06-18 18:28:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3242 |   %ap = alloca sbyte* | 
 | 3243 |   call void %<a href="#i_va_start">llvm.va_start</a>(sbyte** %ap) | 
| Chris Lattner | 33aec9e | 2004-02-12 17:01:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3244 |  | 
 | 3245 |   ; Read a single integer argument | 
| Andrew Lenharth | 8bf607a | 2005-06-18 18:28:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3246 |   %tmp = va_arg sbyte** %ap, int | 
| Chris Lattner | 33aec9e | 2004-02-12 17:01:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3247 |  | 
 | 3248 |   ; Demonstrate usage of llvm.va_copy and llvm.va_end | 
| Andrew Lenharth | 8bf607a | 2005-06-18 18:28:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3249 |   %aq = alloca sbyte* | 
| Andrew Lenharth | d0a4c62 | 2005-06-22 20:38:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3250 |   call void %<a href="#i_va_copy">llvm.va_copy</a>(sbyte** %aq, sbyte** %ap) | 
| Andrew Lenharth | 8bf607a | 2005-06-18 18:28:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3251 |   call void %<a href="#i_va_end">llvm.va_end</a>(sbyte** %aq) | 
| Chris Lattner | 33aec9e | 2004-02-12 17:01:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3252 |  | 
 | 3253 |   ; Stop processing of arguments. | 
| Andrew Lenharth | 8bf607a | 2005-06-18 18:28:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3254 |   call void %<a href="#i_va_end">llvm.va_end</a>(sbyte** %ap) | 
| Chris Lattner | 33aec9e | 2004-02-12 17:01:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3255 |   ret int %tmp | 
 | 3256 | } | 
 | 3257 | </pre> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3258 | </div> | 
| Chris Lattner | 8ff7590 | 2004-01-06 05:31:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3259 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | d9ad5b3 | 2003-05-08 04:57:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3260 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
| Chris Lattner | 8ff7590 | 2004-01-06 05:31:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3261 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
 | 3262 |   <a name="i_va_start">'<tt>llvm.va_start</tt>' Intrinsic</a> | 
 | 3263 | </div> | 
 | 3264 |  | 
 | 3265 |  | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3266 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
| Chris Lattner | d9ad5b3 | 2003-05-08 04:57:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3267 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
| Andrew Lenharth | 8bf607a | 2005-06-18 18:28:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3268 | <pre>  declare void %llvm.va_start(<va_list>* <arglist>)<br></pre> | 
| Chris Lattner | d9ad5b3 | 2003-05-08 04:57:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3269 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
| Andrew Lenharth | 8bf607a | 2005-06-18 18:28:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3270 | <P>The '<tt>llvm.va_start</tt>' intrinsic initializes | 
 | 3271 | <tt>*<arglist></tt> for subsequent use by <tt><a | 
 | 3272 | href="#i_va_arg">va_arg</a></tt>.</p> | 
 | 3273 |  | 
 | 3274 | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
 | 3275 |  | 
 | 3276 | <P>The argument is a pointer to a <tt>va_list</tt> element to initialize.</p> | 
 | 3277 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | d9ad5b3 | 2003-05-08 04:57:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3278 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
| Andrew Lenharth | 8bf607a | 2005-06-18 18:28:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3279 |  | 
 | 3280 | <P>The '<tt>llvm.va_start</tt>' intrinsic works just like the <tt>va_start</tt> | 
 | 3281 | macro available in C.  In a target-dependent way, it initializes the | 
 | 3282 | <tt>va_list</tt> element the argument points to, so that the next call to | 
 | 3283 | <tt>va_arg</tt> will produce the first variable argument passed to the function. | 
 | 3284 | Unlike the C <tt>va_start</tt> macro, this intrinsic does not need to know the | 
 | 3285 | last argument of the function, the compiler can figure that out.</p> | 
 | 3286 |  | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3287 | </div> | 
| Chris Lattner | 8ff7590 | 2004-01-06 05:31:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3288 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | d9ad5b3 | 2003-05-08 04:57:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3289 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
| Chris Lattner | 8ff7590 | 2004-01-06 05:31:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3290 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
 | 3291 |  <a name="i_va_end">'<tt>llvm.va_end</tt>' Intrinsic</a> | 
 | 3292 | </div> | 
 | 3293 |  | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3294 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
| Chris Lattner | d9ad5b3 | 2003-05-08 04:57:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3295 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
| Andrew Lenharth | 8bf607a | 2005-06-18 18:28:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3296 | <pre>  declare void %llvm.va_end(<va_list*> <arglist>)<br></pre> | 
| Chris Lattner | d9ad5b3 | 2003-05-08 04:57:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3297 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3298 | <p>The '<tt>llvm.va_end</tt>' intrinsic destroys <tt><arglist></tt> | 
 | 3299 | which has been initialized previously with <tt><a href="#i_va_start">llvm.va_start</a></tt> | 
 | 3300 | or <tt><a href="#i_va_copy">llvm.va_copy</a></tt>.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | d9ad5b3 | 2003-05-08 04:57:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3301 | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3302 | <p>The argument is a <tt>va_list</tt> to destroy.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | d9ad5b3 | 2003-05-08 04:57:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3303 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3304 | <p>The '<tt>llvm.va_end</tt>' intrinsic works just like the <tt>va_end</tt> | 
| Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3305 | macro available in C.  In a target-dependent way, it destroys the <tt>va_list</tt>. | 
 | 3306 | Calls to <a href="#i_va_start"><tt>llvm.va_start</tt></a> and <a | 
 | 3307 |  href="#i_va_copy"><tt>llvm.va_copy</tt></a> must be matched exactly | 
 | 3308 | with calls to <tt>llvm.va_end</tt>.</p> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3309 | </div> | 
| Chris Lattner | 8ff7590 | 2004-01-06 05:31:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3310 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | d9ad5b3 | 2003-05-08 04:57:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3311 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
| Chris Lattner | 8ff7590 | 2004-01-06 05:31:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3312 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
 | 3313 |   <a name="i_va_copy">'<tt>llvm.va_copy</tt>' Intrinsic</a> | 
 | 3314 | </div> | 
 | 3315 |  | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3316 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
| Chris Lattner | d792391 | 2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3317 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | d9ad5b3 | 2003-05-08 04:57:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3318 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | d792391 | 2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3319 |  | 
 | 3320 | <pre> | 
| Andrew Lenharth | 8bf607a | 2005-06-18 18:28:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3321 |   declare void %llvm.va_copy(<va_list>* <destarglist>, | 
| Andrew Lenharth | d0a4c62 | 2005-06-22 20:38:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3322 |                                           <va_list>* <srcarglist>) | 
| Chris Lattner | d792391 | 2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3323 | </pre> | 
 | 3324 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | d9ad5b3 | 2003-05-08 04:57:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3325 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | d792391 | 2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3326 |  | 
| Andrew Lenharth | 8bf607a | 2005-06-18 18:28:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3327 | <p>The '<tt>llvm.va_copy</tt>' intrinsic copies the current argument position from | 
 | 3328 | the source argument list to the destination argument list.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | d792391 | 2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3329 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | d9ad5b3 | 2003-05-08 04:57:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3330 | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | d792391 | 2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3331 |  | 
| Andrew Lenharth | 8bf607a | 2005-06-18 18:28:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3332 | <p>The first argument is a pointer to a <tt>va_list</tt> element to initialize. | 
| Andrew Lenharth | d0a4c62 | 2005-06-22 20:38:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3333 | The second argument is a pointer to a <tt>va_list</tt> element to copy from.</p> | 
| Andrew Lenharth | 8bf607a | 2005-06-18 18:28:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3334 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | d792391 | 2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3335 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | d9ad5b3 | 2003-05-08 04:57:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3336 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
| Chris Lattner | d792391 | 2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3337 |  | 
| Andrew Lenharth | 8bf607a | 2005-06-18 18:28:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3338 | <p>The '<tt>llvm.va_copy</tt>' intrinsic works just like the <tt>va_copy</tt> macro | 
 | 3339 | available in C.  In a target-dependent way, it copies the source | 
 | 3340 | <tt>va_list</tt> element into the destination list.  This intrinsic is necessary | 
 | 3341 | because the <tt><a href="i_va_begin">llvm.va_begin</a></tt> intrinsic may be | 
| Chris Lattner | d792391 | 2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3342 | arbitrarily complex and require memory allocation, for example.</p> | 
 | 3343 |  | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3344 | </div> | 
| Chris Lattner | 8ff7590 | 2004-01-06 05:31:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3345 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 33aec9e | 2004-02-12 17:01:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3346 | <!-- ======================================================================= --> | 
 | 3347 | <div class="doc_subsection"> | 
| Chris Lattner | d792391 | 2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3348 |   <a name="int_gc">Accurate Garbage Collection Intrinsics</a> | 
 | 3349 | </div> | 
 | 3350 |  | 
 | 3351 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
 | 3352 |  | 
 | 3353 | <p> | 
 | 3354 | LLVM support for <a href="GarbageCollection.html">Accurate Garbage | 
 | 3355 | Collection</a> requires the implementation and generation of these intrinsics. | 
 | 3356 | These intrinsics allow identification of <a href="#i_gcroot">GC roots on the | 
 | 3357 | stack</a>, as well as garbage collector implementations that require <a | 
 | 3358 | href="#i_gcread">read</a> and <a href="#i_gcwrite">write</a> barriers. | 
 | 3359 | Front-ends for type-safe garbage collected languages should generate these | 
 | 3360 | intrinsics to make use of the LLVM garbage collectors.  For more details, see <a | 
 | 3361 | href="GarbageCollection.html">Accurate Garbage Collection with LLVM</a>. | 
 | 3362 | </p> | 
 | 3363 | </div> | 
 | 3364 |  | 
 | 3365 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
 | 3366 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
 | 3367 |   <a name="i_gcroot">'<tt>llvm.gcroot</tt>' Intrinsic</a> | 
 | 3368 | </div> | 
 | 3369 |  | 
 | 3370 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
 | 3371 |  | 
 | 3372 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
 | 3373 |  | 
 | 3374 | <pre> | 
| Reid Spencer | a8d451e | 2005-04-26 20:50:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3375 |   declare void %llvm.gcroot(<ty>** %ptrloc, <ty2>* %metadata) | 
| Chris Lattner | d792391 | 2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3376 | </pre> | 
 | 3377 |  | 
 | 3378 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
 | 3379 |  | 
| John Criswell | 9e2485c | 2004-12-10 15:51:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3380 | <p>The '<tt>llvm.gcroot</tt>' intrinsic declares the existence of a GC root to | 
| Chris Lattner | d792391 | 2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3381 | the code generator, and allows some metadata to be associated with it.</p> | 
 | 3382 |  | 
 | 3383 | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
 | 3384 |  | 
 | 3385 | <p>The first argument specifies the address of a stack object that contains the | 
 | 3386 | root pointer.  The second pointer (which must be either a constant or a global | 
 | 3387 | value address) contains the meta-data to be associated with the root.</p> | 
 | 3388 |  | 
 | 3389 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
 | 3390 |  | 
 | 3391 | <p>At runtime, a call to this intrinsics stores a null pointer into the "ptrloc" | 
 | 3392 | location.  At compile-time, the code generator generates information to allow | 
 | 3393 | the runtime to find the pointer at GC safe points. | 
 | 3394 | </p> | 
 | 3395 |  | 
 | 3396 | </div> | 
 | 3397 |  | 
 | 3398 |  | 
 | 3399 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
 | 3400 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
 | 3401 |   <a name="i_gcread">'<tt>llvm.gcread</tt>' Intrinsic</a> | 
 | 3402 | </div> | 
 | 3403 |  | 
 | 3404 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
 | 3405 |  | 
 | 3406 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
 | 3407 |  | 
 | 3408 | <pre> | 
| Chris Lattner | 80626e9 | 2006-03-14 20:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3409 |   declare sbyte* %llvm.gcread(sbyte* %ObjPtr, sbyte** %Ptr) | 
| Chris Lattner | d792391 | 2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3410 | </pre> | 
 | 3411 |  | 
 | 3412 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
 | 3413 |  | 
 | 3414 | <p>The '<tt>llvm.gcread</tt>' intrinsic identifies reads of references from heap | 
 | 3415 | locations, allowing garbage collector implementations that require read | 
 | 3416 | barriers.</p> | 
 | 3417 |  | 
 | 3418 | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
 | 3419 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 80626e9 | 2006-03-14 20:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3420 | <p>The second argument is the address to read from, which should be an address | 
 | 3421 | allocated from the garbage collector.  The first object is a pointer to the  | 
 | 3422 | start of the referenced object, if needed by the language runtime (otherwise | 
 | 3423 | null).</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | d792391 | 2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3424 |  | 
 | 3425 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
 | 3426 |  | 
 | 3427 | <p>The '<tt>llvm.gcread</tt>' intrinsic has the same semantics as a load | 
 | 3428 | instruction, but may be replaced with substantially more complex code by the | 
 | 3429 | garbage collector runtime, as needed.</p> | 
 | 3430 |  | 
 | 3431 | </div> | 
 | 3432 |  | 
 | 3433 |  | 
 | 3434 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
 | 3435 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
 | 3436 |   <a name="i_gcwrite">'<tt>llvm.gcwrite</tt>' Intrinsic</a> | 
 | 3437 | </div> | 
 | 3438 |  | 
 | 3439 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
 | 3440 |  | 
 | 3441 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
 | 3442 |  | 
 | 3443 | <pre> | 
| Chris Lattner | 80626e9 | 2006-03-14 20:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3444 |   declare void %llvm.gcwrite(sbyte* %P1, sbyte* %Obj, sbyte** %P2) | 
| Chris Lattner | d792391 | 2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3445 | </pre> | 
 | 3446 |  | 
 | 3447 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
 | 3448 |  | 
 | 3449 | <p>The '<tt>llvm.gcwrite</tt>' intrinsic identifies writes of references to heap | 
 | 3450 | locations, allowing garbage collector implementations that require write | 
 | 3451 | barriers (such as generational or reference counting collectors).</p> | 
 | 3452 |  | 
 | 3453 | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
 | 3454 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 80626e9 | 2006-03-14 20:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3455 | <p>The first argument is the reference to store, the second is the start of the | 
 | 3456 | object to store it to, and the third is the address of the field of Obj to  | 
 | 3457 | store to.  If the runtime does not require a pointer to the object, Obj may be | 
 | 3458 | null.</p> | 
| Chris Lattner | d792391 | 2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3459 |  | 
 | 3460 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
 | 3461 |  | 
 | 3462 | <p>The '<tt>llvm.gcwrite</tt>' intrinsic has the same semantics as a store | 
 | 3463 | instruction, but may be replaced with substantially more complex code by the | 
 | 3464 | garbage collector runtime, as needed.</p> | 
 | 3465 |  | 
 | 3466 | </div> | 
 | 3467 |  | 
 | 3468 |  | 
 | 3469 |  | 
 | 3470 | <!-- ======================================================================= --> | 
 | 3471 | <div class="doc_subsection"> | 
| Chris Lattner | 1061064 | 2004-02-14 04:08:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3472 |   <a name="int_codegen">Code Generator Intrinsics</a> | 
 | 3473 | </div> | 
 | 3474 |  | 
 | 3475 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
 | 3476 | <p> | 
 | 3477 | These intrinsics are provided by LLVM to expose special features that may only | 
 | 3478 | be implemented with code generator support. | 
 | 3479 | </p> | 
 | 3480 |  | 
 | 3481 | </div> | 
 | 3482 |  | 
 | 3483 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
 | 3484 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
 | 3485 |   <a name="i_returnaddress">'<tt>llvm.returnaddress</tt>' Intrinsic</a> | 
 | 3486 | </div> | 
 | 3487 |  | 
 | 3488 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
 | 3489 |  | 
 | 3490 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
 | 3491 | <pre> | 
| Chris Lattner | fcf39d4 | 2006-01-13 01:20:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3492 |   declare sbyte *%llvm.returnaddress(uint <level>) | 
| Chris Lattner | 1061064 | 2004-02-14 04:08:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3493 | </pre> | 
 | 3494 |  | 
 | 3495 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
 | 3496 |  | 
 | 3497 | <p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 32b5d71 | 2006-10-15 20:05:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3498 | The '<tt>llvm.returnaddress</tt>' intrinsic attempts to compute a  | 
 | 3499 | target-specific value indicating the return address of the current function  | 
 | 3500 | or one of its callers. | 
| Chris Lattner | 1061064 | 2004-02-14 04:08:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3501 | </p> | 
 | 3502 |  | 
 | 3503 | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
 | 3504 |  | 
 | 3505 | <p> | 
 | 3506 | The argument to this intrinsic indicates which function to return the address | 
 | 3507 | for.  Zero indicates the calling function, one indicates its caller, etc.  The | 
 | 3508 | argument is <b>required</b> to be a constant integer value. | 
 | 3509 | </p> | 
 | 3510 |  | 
 | 3511 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
 | 3512 |  | 
 | 3513 | <p> | 
 | 3514 | The '<tt>llvm.returnaddress</tt>' intrinsic either returns a pointer indicating | 
 | 3515 | the return address of the specified call frame, or zero if it cannot be | 
 | 3516 | identified.  The value returned by this intrinsic is likely to be incorrect or 0 | 
 | 3517 | for arguments other than zero, so it should only be used for debugging purposes. | 
 | 3518 | </p> | 
 | 3519 |  | 
 | 3520 | <p> | 
 | 3521 | Note that calling this intrinsic does not prevent function inlining or other | 
| Chris Lattner | b40bb38 | 2005-03-07 20:30:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3522 | aggressive transformations, so the value returned may not be that of the obvious | 
| Chris Lattner | 1061064 | 2004-02-14 04:08:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3523 | source-language caller. | 
 | 3524 | </p> | 
 | 3525 | </div> | 
 | 3526 |  | 
 | 3527 |  | 
 | 3528 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
 | 3529 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
 | 3530 |   <a name="i_frameaddress">'<tt>llvm.frameaddress</tt>' Intrinsic</a> | 
 | 3531 | </div> | 
 | 3532 |  | 
 | 3533 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
 | 3534 |  | 
 | 3535 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
 | 3536 | <pre> | 
| Chris Lattner | fcf39d4 | 2006-01-13 01:20:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3537 |   declare sbyte *%llvm.frameaddress(uint <level>) | 
| Chris Lattner | 1061064 | 2004-02-14 04:08:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3538 | </pre> | 
 | 3539 |  | 
 | 3540 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
 | 3541 |  | 
 | 3542 | <p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 32b5d71 | 2006-10-15 20:05:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3543 | The '<tt>llvm.frameaddress</tt>' intrinsic attempts to return the  | 
 | 3544 | target-specific frame pointer value for the specified stack frame. | 
| Chris Lattner | 1061064 | 2004-02-14 04:08:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3545 | </p> | 
 | 3546 |  | 
 | 3547 | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
 | 3548 |  | 
 | 3549 | <p> | 
 | 3550 | The argument to this intrinsic indicates which function to return the frame | 
 | 3551 | pointer for.  Zero indicates the calling function, one indicates its caller, | 
 | 3552 | etc.  The argument is <b>required</b> to be a constant integer value. | 
 | 3553 | </p> | 
 | 3554 |  | 
 | 3555 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
 | 3556 |  | 
 | 3557 | <p> | 
 | 3558 | The '<tt>llvm.frameaddress</tt>' intrinsic either returns a pointer indicating | 
 | 3559 | the frame address of the specified call frame, or zero if it cannot be | 
 | 3560 | identified.  The value returned by this intrinsic is likely to be incorrect or 0 | 
 | 3561 | for arguments other than zero, so it should only be used for debugging purposes. | 
 | 3562 | </p> | 
 | 3563 |  | 
 | 3564 | <p> | 
 | 3565 | Note that calling this intrinsic does not prevent function inlining or other | 
| Chris Lattner | b40bb38 | 2005-03-07 20:30:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3566 | aggressive transformations, so the value returned may not be that of the obvious | 
| Chris Lattner | 1061064 | 2004-02-14 04:08:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3567 | source-language caller. | 
 | 3568 | </p> | 
 | 3569 | </div> | 
 | 3570 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 9a9d7ac | 2005-02-28 19:24:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3571 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
 | 3572 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
| Chris Lattner | 57e1f39 | 2006-01-13 02:03:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3573 |   <a name="i_stacksave">'<tt>llvm.stacksave</tt>' Intrinsic</a> | 
 | 3574 | </div> | 
 | 3575 |  | 
 | 3576 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
 | 3577 |  | 
 | 3578 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
 | 3579 | <pre> | 
 | 3580 |   declare sbyte *%llvm.stacksave() | 
 | 3581 | </pre> | 
 | 3582 |  | 
 | 3583 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
 | 3584 |  | 
 | 3585 | <p> | 
 | 3586 | The '<tt>llvm.stacksave</tt>' intrinsic is used to remember the current state of | 
 | 3587 | the function stack, for use with <a href="#i_stackrestore"> | 
 | 3588 | <tt>llvm.stackrestore</tt></a>.  This is useful for implementing language | 
 | 3589 | features like scoped automatic variable sized arrays in C99. | 
 | 3590 | </p> | 
 | 3591 |  | 
 | 3592 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
 | 3593 |  | 
 | 3594 | <p> | 
 | 3595 | This intrinsic returns a opaque pointer value that can be passed to <a | 
 | 3596 | href="#i_stackrestore"><tt>llvm.stackrestore</tt></a>.  When an | 
 | 3597 | <tt>llvm.stackrestore</tt> intrinsic is executed with a value saved from  | 
 | 3598 | <tt>llvm.stacksave</tt>, it effectively restores the state of the stack to the | 
 | 3599 | state it was in when the <tt>llvm.stacksave</tt> intrinsic executed.  In | 
 | 3600 | practice, this pops any <a href="#i_alloca">alloca</a> blocks from the stack | 
 | 3601 | that were allocated after the <tt>llvm.stacksave</tt> was executed. | 
 | 3602 | </p> | 
 | 3603 |  | 
 | 3604 | </div> | 
 | 3605 |  | 
 | 3606 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
 | 3607 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
 | 3608 |   <a name="i_stackrestore">'<tt>llvm.stackrestore</tt>' Intrinsic</a> | 
 | 3609 | </div> | 
 | 3610 |  | 
 | 3611 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
 | 3612 |  | 
 | 3613 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
 | 3614 | <pre> | 
 | 3615 |   declare void %llvm.stackrestore(sbyte* %ptr) | 
 | 3616 | </pre> | 
 | 3617 |  | 
 | 3618 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
 | 3619 |  | 
 | 3620 | <p> | 
 | 3621 | The '<tt>llvm.stackrestore</tt>' intrinsic is used to restore the state of | 
 | 3622 | the function stack to the state it was in when the corresponding <a | 
 | 3623 | href="#llvm.stacksave"><tt>llvm.stacksave</tt></a> intrinsic executed.  This is | 
 | 3624 | useful for implementing language features like scoped automatic variable sized | 
 | 3625 | arrays in C99. | 
 | 3626 | </p> | 
 | 3627 |  | 
 | 3628 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
 | 3629 |  | 
 | 3630 | <p> | 
 | 3631 | See the description for <a href="#i_stacksave"><tt>llvm.stacksave</tt></a>. | 
 | 3632 | </p> | 
 | 3633 |  | 
 | 3634 | </div> | 
 | 3635 |  | 
 | 3636 |  | 
 | 3637 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
 | 3638 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
| Chris Lattner | 9a9d7ac | 2005-02-28 19:24:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3639 |   <a name="i_prefetch">'<tt>llvm.prefetch</tt>' Intrinsic</a> | 
 | 3640 | </div> | 
 | 3641 |  | 
 | 3642 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
 | 3643 |  | 
 | 3644 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
 | 3645 | <pre> | 
| Reid Spencer | a8d451e | 2005-04-26 20:50:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3646 |   declare void %llvm.prefetch(sbyte * <address>, | 
 | 3647 |                                 uint <rw>, uint <locality>) | 
| Chris Lattner | 9a9d7ac | 2005-02-28 19:24:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3648 | </pre> | 
 | 3649 |  | 
 | 3650 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
 | 3651 |  | 
 | 3652 |  | 
 | 3653 | <p> | 
 | 3654 | The '<tt>llvm.prefetch</tt>' intrinsic is a hint to the code generator to insert | 
| John Criswell | fc6b895 | 2005-05-16 16:17:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3655 | a prefetch instruction if supported; otherwise, it is a noop.  Prefetches have | 
 | 3656 | no | 
 | 3657 | effect on the behavior of the program but can change its performance | 
| Chris Lattner | 2a61536 | 2005-02-28 19:47:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3658 | characteristics. | 
| Chris Lattner | 9a9d7ac | 2005-02-28 19:24:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3659 | </p> | 
 | 3660 |  | 
 | 3661 | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
 | 3662 |  | 
 | 3663 | <p> | 
 | 3664 | <tt>address</tt> is the address to be prefetched, <tt>rw</tt> is the specifier | 
 | 3665 | determining if the fetch should be for a read (0) or write (1), and | 
 | 3666 | <tt>locality</tt> is a temporal locality specifier ranging from (0) - no | 
| Chris Lattner | aeffb4a | 2005-03-07 20:31:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3667 | locality, to (3) - extremely local keep in cache.  The <tt>rw</tt> and | 
| Chris Lattner | 9a9d7ac | 2005-02-28 19:24:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3668 | <tt>locality</tt> arguments must be constant integers. | 
 | 3669 | </p> | 
 | 3670 |  | 
 | 3671 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
 | 3672 |  | 
 | 3673 | <p> | 
 | 3674 | This intrinsic does not modify the behavior of the program.  In particular, | 
 | 3675 | prefetches cannot trap and do not produce a value.  On targets that support this | 
 | 3676 | intrinsic, the prefetch can provide hints to the processor cache for better | 
 | 3677 | performance. | 
 | 3678 | </p> | 
 | 3679 |  | 
 | 3680 | </div> | 
 | 3681 |  | 
| Andrew Lenharth | 7f4ec3b | 2005-03-28 20:05:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3682 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
 | 3683 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
 | 3684 |   <a name="i_pcmarker">'<tt>llvm.pcmarker</tt>' Intrinsic</a> | 
 | 3685 | </div> | 
 | 3686 |  | 
 | 3687 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
 | 3688 |  | 
 | 3689 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
 | 3690 | <pre> | 
| Reid Spencer | a8d451e | 2005-04-26 20:50:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3691 |   declare void %llvm.pcmarker( uint <id> ) | 
| Andrew Lenharth | 7f4ec3b | 2005-03-28 20:05:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3692 | </pre> | 
 | 3693 |  | 
 | 3694 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
 | 3695 |  | 
 | 3696 |  | 
 | 3697 | <p> | 
| John Criswell | fc6b895 | 2005-05-16 16:17:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3698 | The '<tt>llvm.pcmarker</tt>' intrinsic is a method to export a Program Counter | 
 | 3699 | (PC) in a region of  | 
| Andrew Lenharth | 7f4ec3b | 2005-03-28 20:05:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3700 | code to simulators and other tools.  The method is target specific, but it is  | 
 | 3701 | expected that the marker will use exported symbols to transmit the PC of the marker. | 
| Jeff Cohen | 25d4f7e | 2005-11-11 02:15:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3702 | The marker makes no guarantees that it will remain with any specific instruction  | 
| Chris Lattner | d07c3f4 | 2005-11-15 06:07:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3703 | after optimizations.  It is possible that the presence of a marker will inhibit  | 
| Chris Lattner | b3e7afd | 2006-03-24 07:16:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3704 | optimizations.  The intended use is to be inserted after optimizations to allow | 
| John Criswell | fc6b895 | 2005-05-16 16:17:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3705 | correlations of simulation runs. | 
| Andrew Lenharth | 7f4ec3b | 2005-03-28 20:05:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3706 | </p> | 
 | 3707 |  | 
 | 3708 | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
 | 3709 |  | 
 | 3710 | <p> | 
 | 3711 | <tt>id</tt> is a numerical id identifying the marker. | 
 | 3712 | </p> | 
 | 3713 |  | 
 | 3714 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
 | 3715 |  | 
 | 3716 | <p> | 
 | 3717 | This intrinsic does not modify the behavior of the program.  Backends that do not  | 
 | 3718 | support this intrinisic may ignore it. | 
 | 3719 | </p> | 
 | 3720 |  | 
 | 3721 | </div> | 
 | 3722 |  | 
| Andrew Lenharth | 51b8d54 | 2005-11-11 16:47:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3723 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
 | 3724 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
 | 3725 |   <a name="i_readcyclecounter">'<tt>llvm.readcyclecounter</tt>' Intrinsic</a> | 
 | 3726 | </div> | 
 | 3727 |  | 
 | 3728 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
 | 3729 |  | 
 | 3730 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
 | 3731 | <pre> | 
 | 3732 |   declare ulong %llvm.readcyclecounter( ) | 
 | 3733 | </pre> | 
 | 3734 |  | 
 | 3735 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
 | 3736 |  | 
 | 3737 |  | 
 | 3738 | <p> | 
 | 3739 | The '<tt>llvm.readcyclecounter</tt>' intrinsic provides access to the cycle  | 
 | 3740 | counter register (or similar low latency, high accuracy clocks) on those targets | 
 | 3741 | that support it.  On X86, it should map to RDTSC.  On Alpha, it should map to RPCC. | 
 | 3742 | As the backing counters overflow quickly (on the order of 9 seconds on alpha), this | 
 | 3743 | should only be used for small timings.   | 
 | 3744 | </p> | 
 | 3745 |  | 
 | 3746 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
 | 3747 |  | 
 | 3748 | <p> | 
 | 3749 | When directly supported, reading the cycle counter should not modify any memory.   | 
 | 3750 | Implementations are allowed to either return a application specific value or a | 
 | 3751 | system wide value.  On backends without support, this is lowered to a constant 0. | 
 | 3752 | </p> | 
 | 3753 |  | 
 | 3754 | </div> | 
 | 3755 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 1061064 | 2004-02-14 04:08:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3756 | <!-- ======================================================================= --> | 
 | 3757 | <div class="doc_subsection"> | 
| Chris Lattner | 33aec9e | 2004-02-12 17:01:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3758 |   <a name="int_libc">Standard C Library Intrinsics</a> | 
 | 3759 | </div> | 
 | 3760 |  | 
 | 3761 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
 | 3762 | <p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 1061064 | 2004-02-14 04:08:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3763 | LLVM provides intrinsics for a few important standard C library functions. | 
 | 3764 | These intrinsics allow source-language front-ends to pass information about the | 
 | 3765 | alignment of the pointer arguments to the code generator, providing opportunity | 
 | 3766 | for more efficient code generation. | 
| Chris Lattner | 33aec9e | 2004-02-12 17:01:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3767 | </p> | 
 | 3768 |  | 
 | 3769 | </div> | 
 | 3770 |  | 
 | 3771 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
 | 3772 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
 | 3773 |   <a name="i_memcpy">'<tt>llvm.memcpy</tt>' Intrinsic</a> | 
 | 3774 | </div> | 
 | 3775 |  | 
 | 3776 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
 | 3777 |  | 
 | 3778 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
 | 3779 | <pre> | 
| Chris Lattner | 5b310c3 | 2006-03-03 00:07:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3780 |   declare void %llvm.memcpy.i32(sbyte* <dest>, sbyte* <src>, | 
 | 3781 |                                 uint <len>, uint <align>) | 
 | 3782 |   declare void %llvm.memcpy.i64(sbyte* <dest>, sbyte* <src>, | 
 | 3783 |                                 ulong <len>, uint <align>) | 
| Chris Lattner | 33aec9e | 2004-02-12 17:01:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3784 | </pre> | 
 | 3785 |  | 
 | 3786 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
 | 3787 |  | 
 | 3788 | <p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 5b310c3 | 2006-03-03 00:07:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3789 | The '<tt>llvm.memcpy.*</tt>' intrinsics copy a block of memory from the source | 
| Chris Lattner | 33aec9e | 2004-02-12 17:01:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3790 | location to the destination location. | 
 | 3791 | </p> | 
 | 3792 |  | 
 | 3793 | <p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 5b310c3 | 2006-03-03 00:07:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3794 | Note that, unlike the standard libc function, the <tt>llvm.memcpy.*</tt>  | 
 | 3795 | intrinsics do not return a value, and takes an extra alignment argument. | 
| Chris Lattner | 33aec9e | 2004-02-12 17:01:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3796 | </p> | 
 | 3797 |  | 
 | 3798 | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
 | 3799 |  | 
 | 3800 | <p> | 
 | 3801 | The first argument is a pointer to the destination, the second is a pointer to | 
| Chris Lattner | 5b310c3 | 2006-03-03 00:07:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3802 | the source.  The third argument is an integer argument | 
| Chris Lattner | 33aec9e | 2004-02-12 17:01:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3803 | specifying the number of bytes to copy, and the fourth argument is the alignment | 
 | 3804 | of the source and destination locations. | 
 | 3805 | </p> | 
 | 3806 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 3301ced | 2004-02-12 21:18:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3807 | <p> | 
 | 3808 | If the call to this intrinisic has an alignment value that is not 0 or 1, then | 
| Chris Lattner | f0afc2c | 2006-03-04 00:02:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3809 | the caller guarantees that both the source and destination pointers are aligned | 
 | 3810 | to that boundary. | 
| Chris Lattner | 3301ced | 2004-02-12 21:18:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3811 | </p> | 
 | 3812 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 33aec9e | 2004-02-12 17:01:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3813 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
 | 3814 |  | 
 | 3815 | <p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 5b310c3 | 2006-03-03 00:07:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3816 | The '<tt>llvm.memcpy.*</tt>' intrinsics copy a block of memory from the source | 
| Chris Lattner | 33aec9e | 2004-02-12 17:01:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3817 | location to the destination location, which are not allowed to overlap.  It | 
 | 3818 | copies "len" bytes of memory over.  If the argument is known to be aligned to | 
 | 3819 | some boundary, this can be specified as the fourth argument, otherwise it should | 
 | 3820 | be set to 0 or 1. | 
 | 3821 | </p> | 
 | 3822 | </div> | 
 | 3823 |  | 
 | 3824 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0eb51b4 | 2004-02-12 18:10:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3825 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
 | 3826 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
 | 3827 |   <a name="i_memmove">'<tt>llvm.memmove</tt>' Intrinsic</a> | 
 | 3828 | </div> | 
 | 3829 |  | 
 | 3830 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
 | 3831 |  | 
 | 3832 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
 | 3833 | <pre> | 
| Chris Lattner | 5b310c3 | 2006-03-03 00:07:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3834 |   declare void %llvm.memmove.i32(sbyte* <dest>, sbyte* <src>, | 
 | 3835 |                                  uint <len>, uint <align>) | 
 | 3836 |   declare void %llvm.memmove.i64(sbyte* <dest>, sbyte* <src>, | 
 | 3837 |                                  ulong <len>, uint <align>) | 
| Chris Lattner | 0eb51b4 | 2004-02-12 18:10:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3838 | </pre> | 
 | 3839 |  | 
 | 3840 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
 | 3841 |  | 
 | 3842 | <p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 5b310c3 | 2006-03-03 00:07:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3843 | The '<tt>llvm.memmove.*</tt>' intrinsics move a block of memory from the source | 
 | 3844 | location to the destination location. It is similar to the | 
 | 3845 | '<tt>llvm.memcmp</tt>' intrinsic but allows the two memory locations to overlap. | 
| Chris Lattner | 0eb51b4 | 2004-02-12 18:10:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3846 | </p> | 
 | 3847 |  | 
 | 3848 | <p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 5b310c3 | 2006-03-03 00:07:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3849 | Note that, unlike the standard libc function, the <tt>llvm.memmove.*</tt>  | 
 | 3850 | intrinsics do not return a value, and takes an extra alignment argument. | 
| Chris Lattner | 0eb51b4 | 2004-02-12 18:10:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3851 | </p> | 
 | 3852 |  | 
 | 3853 | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
 | 3854 |  | 
 | 3855 | <p> | 
 | 3856 | The first argument is a pointer to the destination, the second is a pointer to | 
| Chris Lattner | 5b310c3 | 2006-03-03 00:07:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3857 | the source.  The third argument is an integer argument | 
| Chris Lattner | 0eb51b4 | 2004-02-12 18:10:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3858 | specifying the number of bytes to copy, and the fourth argument is the alignment | 
 | 3859 | of the source and destination locations. | 
 | 3860 | </p> | 
 | 3861 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 3301ced | 2004-02-12 21:18:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3862 | <p> | 
 | 3863 | If the call to this intrinisic has an alignment value that is not 0 or 1, then | 
| Chris Lattner | f0afc2c | 2006-03-04 00:02:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3864 | the caller guarantees that the source and destination pointers are aligned to | 
 | 3865 | that boundary. | 
| Chris Lattner | 3301ced | 2004-02-12 21:18:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3866 | </p> | 
 | 3867 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0eb51b4 | 2004-02-12 18:10:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3868 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
 | 3869 |  | 
 | 3870 | <p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 5b310c3 | 2006-03-03 00:07:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3871 | The '<tt>llvm.memmove.*</tt>' intrinsics copy a block of memory from the source | 
| Chris Lattner | 0eb51b4 | 2004-02-12 18:10:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3872 | location to the destination location, which may overlap.  It | 
 | 3873 | copies "len" bytes of memory over.  If the argument is known to be aligned to | 
 | 3874 | some boundary, this can be specified as the fourth argument, otherwise it should | 
 | 3875 | be set to 0 or 1. | 
 | 3876 | </p> | 
 | 3877 | </div> | 
 | 3878 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 8ff7590 | 2004-01-06 05:31:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3879 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 1061064 | 2004-02-14 04:08:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3880 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
 | 3881 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
| Chris Lattner | 5b310c3 | 2006-03-03 00:07:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3882 |   <a name="i_memset">'<tt>llvm.memset.*</tt>' Intrinsics</a> | 
| Chris Lattner | 1061064 | 2004-02-14 04:08:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3883 | </div> | 
 | 3884 |  | 
 | 3885 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
 | 3886 |  | 
 | 3887 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
 | 3888 | <pre> | 
| Chris Lattner | 5b310c3 | 2006-03-03 00:07:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3889 |   declare void %llvm.memset.i32(sbyte* <dest>, ubyte <val>, | 
 | 3890 |                                 uint <len>, uint <align>) | 
 | 3891 |   declare void %llvm.memset.i64(sbyte* <dest>, ubyte <val>, | 
 | 3892 |                                 ulong <len>, uint <align>) | 
| Chris Lattner | 1061064 | 2004-02-14 04:08:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3893 | </pre> | 
 | 3894 |  | 
 | 3895 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
 | 3896 |  | 
 | 3897 | <p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 5b310c3 | 2006-03-03 00:07:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3898 | The '<tt>llvm.memset.*</tt>' intrinsics fill a block of memory with a particular | 
| Chris Lattner | 1061064 | 2004-02-14 04:08:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3899 | byte value. | 
 | 3900 | </p> | 
 | 3901 |  | 
 | 3902 | <p> | 
 | 3903 | Note that, unlike the standard libc function, the <tt>llvm.memset</tt> intrinsic | 
 | 3904 | does not return a value, and takes an extra alignment argument. | 
 | 3905 | </p> | 
 | 3906 |  | 
 | 3907 | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
 | 3908 |  | 
 | 3909 | <p> | 
 | 3910 | The first argument is a pointer to the destination to fill, the second is the | 
| Chris Lattner | 5b310c3 | 2006-03-03 00:07:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3911 | byte value to fill it with, the third argument is an integer | 
| Chris Lattner | 1061064 | 2004-02-14 04:08:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3912 | argument specifying the number of bytes to fill, and the fourth argument is the | 
 | 3913 | known alignment of destination location. | 
 | 3914 | </p> | 
 | 3915 |  | 
 | 3916 | <p> | 
 | 3917 | If the call to this intrinisic has an alignment value that is not 0 or 1, then | 
| Chris Lattner | f0afc2c | 2006-03-04 00:02:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3918 | the caller guarantees that the destination pointer is aligned to that boundary. | 
| Chris Lattner | 1061064 | 2004-02-14 04:08:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3919 | </p> | 
 | 3920 |  | 
 | 3921 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
 | 3922 |  | 
 | 3923 | <p> | 
| Chris Lattner | 5b310c3 | 2006-03-03 00:07:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3924 | The '<tt>llvm.memset.*</tt>' intrinsics fill "len" bytes of memory starting at | 
 | 3925 | the | 
| Chris Lattner | 1061064 | 2004-02-14 04:08:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3926 | destination location.  If the argument is known to be aligned to some boundary, | 
 | 3927 | this can be specified as the fourth argument, otherwise it should be set to 0 or | 
 | 3928 | 1. | 
 | 3929 | </p> | 
 | 3930 | </div> | 
 | 3931 |  | 
 | 3932 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 3200628 | 2004-06-11 02:28:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3933 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
 | 3934 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
| Reid Spencer | 0b11820 | 2006-01-16 21:12:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3935 |   <a name="i_isunordered">'<tt>llvm.isunordered.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a> | 
| Alkis Evlogimenos | 26bbe93 | 2004-06-13 01:16:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3936 | </div> | 
 | 3937 |  | 
 | 3938 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
 | 3939 |  | 
 | 3940 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
 | 3941 | <pre> | 
| Reid Spencer | 0b11820 | 2006-01-16 21:12:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3942 |   declare bool %llvm.isunordered.f32(float Val1, float  Val2) | 
 | 3943 |   declare bool %llvm.isunordered.f64(double Val1, double Val2) | 
| Alkis Evlogimenos | 26bbe93 | 2004-06-13 01:16:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3944 | </pre> | 
 | 3945 |  | 
 | 3946 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
 | 3947 |  | 
 | 3948 | <p> | 
| Reid Spencer | 0b11820 | 2006-01-16 21:12:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3949 | The '<tt>llvm.isunordered</tt>' intrinsics return true if either or both of the | 
| Alkis Evlogimenos | 26bbe93 | 2004-06-13 01:16:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3950 | specified floating point values is a NAN. | 
 | 3951 | </p> | 
 | 3952 |  | 
 | 3953 | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
 | 3954 |  | 
 | 3955 | <p> | 
 | 3956 | The arguments are floating point numbers of the same type. | 
 | 3957 | </p> | 
 | 3958 |  | 
 | 3959 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
 | 3960 |  | 
 | 3961 | <p> | 
 | 3962 | If either or both of the arguments is a SNAN or QNAN, it returns true, otherwise | 
 | 3963 | false. | 
 | 3964 | </p> | 
 | 3965 | </div> | 
 | 3966 |  | 
 | 3967 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | a4d7414 | 2005-07-21 01:29:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3968 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
 | 3969 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
| Chris Lattner | ec6cb61 | 2006-01-16 22:38:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3970 |   <a name="i_sqrt">'<tt>llvm.sqrt.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a> | 
| Chris Lattner | a4d7414 | 2005-07-21 01:29:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3971 | </div> | 
 | 3972 |  | 
 | 3973 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
 | 3974 |  | 
 | 3975 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
 | 3976 | <pre> | 
| Chris Lattner | f4d252d | 2006-09-08 06:34:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3977 |   declare float %llvm.sqrt.f32(float %Val) | 
 | 3978 |   declare double %llvm.sqrt.f64(double %Val) | 
| Chris Lattner | a4d7414 | 2005-07-21 01:29:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3979 | </pre> | 
 | 3980 |  | 
 | 3981 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
 | 3982 |  | 
 | 3983 | <p> | 
| Reid Spencer | 0b11820 | 2006-01-16 21:12:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3984 | The '<tt>llvm.sqrt</tt>' intrinsics return the sqrt of the specified operand, | 
| Chris Lattner | a4d7414 | 2005-07-21 01:29:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3985 | returning the same value as the libm '<tt>sqrt</tt>' function would.  Unlike | 
 | 3986 | <tt>sqrt</tt> in libm, however, <tt>llvm.sqrt</tt> has undefined behavior for | 
 | 3987 | negative numbers (which allows for better optimization). | 
 | 3988 | </p> | 
 | 3989 |  | 
 | 3990 | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
 | 3991 |  | 
 | 3992 | <p> | 
 | 3993 | The argument and return value are floating point numbers of the same type. | 
 | 3994 | </p> | 
 | 3995 |  | 
 | 3996 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
 | 3997 |  | 
 | 3998 | <p> | 
 | 3999 | This function returns the sqrt of the specified operand if it is a positive | 
 | 4000 | floating point number. | 
 | 4001 | </p> | 
 | 4002 | </div> | 
 | 4003 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | f4d252d | 2006-09-08 06:34:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4004 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
 | 4005 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
 | 4006 |   <a name="i_powi">'<tt>llvm.powi.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a> | 
 | 4007 | </div> | 
 | 4008 |  | 
 | 4009 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
 | 4010 |  | 
 | 4011 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
 | 4012 | <pre> | 
 | 4013 |   declare float  %llvm.powi.f32(float  %Val, int %power) | 
 | 4014 |   declare double %llvm.powi.f64(double %Val, int %power) | 
 | 4015 | </pre> | 
 | 4016 |  | 
 | 4017 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
 | 4018 |  | 
 | 4019 | <p> | 
 | 4020 | The '<tt>llvm.powi.*</tt>' intrinsics return the first operand raised to the | 
 | 4021 | specified (positive or negative) power.  The order of evaluation of | 
 | 4022 | multiplications is not defined. | 
 | 4023 | </p> | 
 | 4024 |  | 
 | 4025 | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
 | 4026 |  | 
 | 4027 | <p> | 
 | 4028 | The second argument is an integer power, and the first is a value to raise to | 
 | 4029 | that power. | 
 | 4030 | </p> | 
 | 4031 |  | 
 | 4032 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
 | 4033 |  | 
 | 4034 | <p> | 
 | 4035 | This function returns the first value raised to the second power with an | 
 | 4036 | unspecified sequence of rounding operations.</p> | 
 | 4037 | </div> | 
 | 4038 |  | 
 | 4039 |  | 
| Andrew Lenharth | ec370fd | 2005-05-03 18:01:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4040 | <!-- ======================================================================= --> | 
 | 4041 | <div class="doc_subsection"> | 
| Nate Begeman | 7e36c47 | 2006-01-13 23:26:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4042 |   <a name="int_manip">Bit Manipulation Intrinsics</a> | 
| Andrew Lenharth | ec370fd | 2005-05-03 18:01:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4043 | </div> | 
 | 4044 |  | 
 | 4045 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
 | 4046 | <p> | 
| Nate Begeman | 7e36c47 | 2006-01-13 23:26:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4047 | LLVM provides intrinsics for a few important bit manipulation operations. | 
| Andrew Lenharth | ec370fd | 2005-05-03 18:01:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4048 | These allow efficient code generation for some algorithms. | 
 | 4049 | </p> | 
 | 4050 |  | 
 | 4051 | </div> | 
 | 4052 |  | 
 | 4053 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
 | 4054 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
| Nate Begeman | 7e36c47 | 2006-01-13 23:26:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4055 |   <a name="i_bswap">'<tt>llvm.bswap.*</tt>' Intrinsics</a> | 
 | 4056 | </div> | 
 | 4057 |  | 
 | 4058 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
 | 4059 |  | 
 | 4060 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
 | 4061 | <pre> | 
| Chris Lattner | ec6cb61 | 2006-01-16 22:38:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4062 |   declare ushort %llvm.bswap.i16(ushort <id>) | 
 | 4063 |   declare uint   %llvm.bswap.i32(uint <id>) | 
 | 4064 |   declare ulong  %llvm.bswap.i64(ulong <id>) | 
| Nate Begeman | 7e36c47 | 2006-01-13 23:26:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4065 | </pre> | 
 | 4066 |  | 
 | 4067 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
 | 4068 |  | 
 | 4069 | <p> | 
 | 4070 | The '<tt>llvm.bwsap</tt>' family of intrinsics is used to byteswap a 16, 32 or | 
 | 4071 | 64 bit quantity.  These are useful for performing operations on data that is not | 
 | 4072 | in the target's  native byte order. | 
 | 4073 | </p> | 
 | 4074 |  | 
 | 4075 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
 | 4076 |  | 
 | 4077 | <p> | 
| Chris Lattner | ec6cb61 | 2006-01-16 22:38:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4078 | The <tt>llvm.bswap.16</tt> intrinsic returns a ushort value that has the high and low | 
 | 4079 | byte of the input ushort swapped.  Similarly, the <tt>llvm.bswap.i32</tt> intrinsic | 
| Nate Begeman | 7e36c47 | 2006-01-13 23:26:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4080 | returns a uint value that has the four bytes of the input uint swapped, so that  | 
 | 4081 | if the input bytes are numbered 0, 1, 2, 3 then the returned uint will have its | 
| Chris Lattner | ec6cb61 | 2006-01-16 22:38:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4082 | bytes in 3, 2, 1, 0 order.  The <tt>llvm.bswap.i64</tt> intrinsic extends this concept | 
| Nate Begeman | 7e36c47 | 2006-01-13 23:26:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4083 | to 64 bits. | 
 | 4084 | </p> | 
 | 4085 |  | 
 | 4086 | </div> | 
 | 4087 |  | 
 | 4088 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
 | 4089 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
| Reid Spencer | 0b11820 | 2006-01-16 21:12:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4090 |   <a name="int_ctpop">'<tt>llvm.ctpop.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a> | 
| Andrew Lenharth | ec370fd | 2005-05-03 18:01:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4091 | </div> | 
 | 4092 |  | 
 | 4093 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
 | 4094 |  | 
 | 4095 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
 | 4096 | <pre> | 
| Chris Lattner | ec6cb61 | 2006-01-16 22:38:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4097 |   declare ubyte  %llvm.ctpop.i8 (ubyte <src>) | 
 | 4098 |   declare ushort %llvm.ctpop.i16(ushort <src>) | 
 | 4099 |   declare uint   %llvm.ctpop.i32(uint <src>) | 
 | 4100 |   declare ulong  %llvm.ctpop.i64(ulong <src>) | 
| Andrew Lenharth | ec370fd | 2005-05-03 18:01:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4101 | </pre> | 
 | 4102 |  | 
 | 4103 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
 | 4104 |  | 
 | 4105 | <p> | 
| Chris Lattner | ec6cb61 | 2006-01-16 22:38:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4106 | The '<tt>llvm.ctpop</tt>' family of intrinsics counts the number of bits set in a  | 
 | 4107 | value. | 
| Andrew Lenharth | ec370fd | 2005-05-03 18:01:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4108 | </p> | 
 | 4109 |  | 
 | 4110 | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
 | 4111 |  | 
 | 4112 | <p> | 
| Chris Lattner | cfe6b37 | 2005-05-07 01:46:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4113 | The only argument is the value to be counted.  The argument may be of any | 
| Chris Lattner | ec6cb61 | 2006-01-16 22:38:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4114 | unsigned integer type.  The return type must match the argument type. | 
| Andrew Lenharth | ec370fd | 2005-05-03 18:01:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4115 | </p> | 
 | 4116 |  | 
 | 4117 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
 | 4118 |  | 
 | 4119 | <p> | 
 | 4120 | The '<tt>llvm.ctpop</tt>' intrinsic counts the 1's in a variable. | 
 | 4121 | </p> | 
 | 4122 | </div> | 
 | 4123 |  | 
 | 4124 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
 | 4125 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
| Chris Lattner | 8a886be | 2006-01-16 22:34:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4126 |   <a name="int_ctlz">'<tt>llvm.ctlz.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a> | 
| Andrew Lenharth | ec370fd | 2005-05-03 18:01:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4127 | </div> | 
 | 4128 |  | 
 | 4129 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
 | 4130 |  | 
 | 4131 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
 | 4132 | <pre> | 
| Chris Lattner | ec6cb61 | 2006-01-16 22:38:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4133 |   declare ubyte  %llvm.ctlz.i8 (ubyte <src>) | 
 | 4134 |   declare ushort %llvm.ctlz.i16(ushort <src>) | 
 | 4135 |   declare uint   %llvm.ctlz.i32(uint <src>) | 
 | 4136 |   declare ulong  %llvm.ctlz.i64(ulong <src>) | 
| Andrew Lenharth | ec370fd | 2005-05-03 18:01:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4137 | </pre> | 
 | 4138 |  | 
 | 4139 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
 | 4140 |  | 
 | 4141 | <p> | 
| Reid Spencer | 0b11820 | 2006-01-16 21:12:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4142 | The '<tt>llvm.ctlz</tt>' family of intrinsic functions counts the number of  | 
 | 4143 | leading zeros in a variable. | 
| Andrew Lenharth | ec370fd | 2005-05-03 18:01:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4144 | </p> | 
 | 4145 |  | 
 | 4146 | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
 | 4147 |  | 
 | 4148 | <p> | 
| Chris Lattner | cfe6b37 | 2005-05-07 01:46:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4149 | The only argument is the value to be counted.  The argument may be of any | 
| Chris Lattner | ec6cb61 | 2006-01-16 22:38:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4150 | unsigned integer type. The return type must match the argument type. | 
| Andrew Lenharth | ec370fd | 2005-05-03 18:01:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4151 | </p> | 
 | 4152 |  | 
 | 4153 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
 | 4154 |  | 
 | 4155 | <p> | 
| Chris Lattner | eff29ab | 2005-05-15 19:39:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4156 | The '<tt>llvm.ctlz</tt>' intrinsic counts the leading (most significant) zeros | 
 | 4157 | in a variable.  If the src == 0 then the result is the size in bits of the type | 
| Chris Lattner | 99d3c27 | 2006-04-21 21:37:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4158 | of src. For example, <tt>llvm.ctlz(int 2) = 30</tt>. | 
| Andrew Lenharth | ec370fd | 2005-05-03 18:01:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4159 | </p> | 
 | 4160 | </div> | 
| Chris Lattner | 3200628 | 2004-06-11 02:28:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4161 |  | 
 | 4162 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | eff29ab | 2005-05-15 19:39:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4163 |  | 
 | 4164 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
 | 4165 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
| Chris Lattner | 8a886be | 2006-01-16 22:34:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4166 |   <a name="int_cttz">'<tt>llvm.cttz.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a> | 
| Chris Lattner | eff29ab | 2005-05-15 19:39:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4167 | </div> | 
 | 4168 |  | 
 | 4169 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
 | 4170 |  | 
 | 4171 | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
 | 4172 | <pre> | 
| Chris Lattner | ec6cb61 | 2006-01-16 22:38:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4173 |   declare ubyte  %llvm.cttz.i8 (ubyte <src>) | 
 | 4174 |   declare ushort %llvm.cttz.i16(ushort <src>) | 
 | 4175 |   declare uint   %llvm.cttz.i32(uint <src>) | 
 | 4176 |   declare ulong  %llvm.cttz.i64(ulong <src>) | 
| Chris Lattner | eff29ab | 2005-05-15 19:39:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4177 | </pre> | 
 | 4178 |  | 
 | 4179 | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
 | 4180 |  | 
 | 4181 | <p> | 
| Reid Spencer | 0b11820 | 2006-01-16 21:12:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4182 | The '<tt>llvm.cttz</tt>' family of intrinsic functions counts the number of  | 
 | 4183 | trailing zeros. | 
| Chris Lattner | eff29ab | 2005-05-15 19:39:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4184 | </p> | 
 | 4185 |  | 
 | 4186 | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
 | 4187 |  | 
 | 4188 | <p> | 
 | 4189 | The only argument is the value to be counted.  The argument may be of any | 
| Chris Lattner | ec6cb61 | 2006-01-16 22:38:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4190 | unsigned integer type.  The return type must match the argument type. | 
| Chris Lattner | eff29ab | 2005-05-15 19:39:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4191 | </p> | 
 | 4192 |  | 
 | 4193 | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
 | 4194 |  | 
 | 4195 | <p> | 
 | 4196 | The '<tt>llvm.cttz</tt>' intrinsic counts the trailing (least significant) zeros | 
 | 4197 | in a variable.  If the src == 0 then the result is the size in bits of the type | 
 | 4198 | of src.  For example, <tt>llvm.cttz(2) = 1</tt>. | 
 | 4199 | </p> | 
 | 4200 | </div> | 
 | 4201 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 8ff7590 | 2004-01-06 05:31:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4202 | <!-- ======================================================================= --> | 
 | 4203 | <div class="doc_subsection"> | 
 | 4204 |   <a name="int_debugger">Debugger Intrinsics</a> | 
 | 4205 | </div> | 
 | 4206 |  | 
 | 4207 | <div class="doc_text"> | 
 | 4208 | <p> | 
 | 4209 | The LLVM debugger intrinsics (which all start with <tt>llvm.dbg.</tt> prefix), | 
 | 4210 | are described in the <a | 
 | 4211 | href="SourceLevelDebugging.html#format_common_intrinsics">LLVM Source Level | 
 | 4212 | Debugging</a> document. | 
 | 4213 | </p> | 
 | 4214 | </div> | 
 | 4215 |  | 
 | 4216 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4217 | <!-- *********************************************************************** --> | 
| Chris Lattner | 0095054 | 2001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4218 | <hr> | 
| Misha Brukman | daa4cb0 | 2004-03-01 17:47:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4219 | <address> | 
 | 4220 |   <a href="http://jigsaw.w3.org/css-validator/check/referer"><img | 
 | 4221 |   src="http://jigsaw.w3.org/css-validator/images/vcss" alt="Valid CSS!"></a> | 
 | 4222 |   <a href="http://validator.w3.org/check/referer"><img | 
 | 4223 |   src="http://www.w3.org/Icons/valid-html401" alt="Valid HTML 4.01!" /></a> | 
 | 4224 |  | 
 | 4225 |   <a href="mailto:sabre@nondot.org">Chris Lattner</a><br> | 
| Reid Spencer | 05fe4b0 | 2006-03-14 05:39:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4226 |   <a href="http://llvm.org">The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure</a><br> | 
| Misha Brukman | daa4cb0 | 2004-03-01 17:47:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4227 |   Last modified: $Date$ | 
 | 4228 | </address> | 
| Misha Brukman | 9d0919f | 2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4229 | </body> | 
 | 4230 | </html> |